]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - bfd/elf32-ppc.c
projects / thirdparty / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
Fix the BFD library's find_nearest_line feature to produce consistent results.
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf32-ppc.c
1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
4
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22 /* The assembler should generate a full set of section symbols even
23 when they appear unused. The linux kernel build tool recordmcount
24 needs them. */
25 #define TARGET_KEEP_UNUSED_SECTION_SYMBOLS true
26
27 #include "sysdep.h"
28 #include <stdarg.h>
29 #include "bfd.h"
30 #include "bfdlink.h"
31 #include "libbfd.h"
32 #include "elf-bfd.h"
33 #include "elf/ppc.h"
34 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
35 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
36 #include "dwarf2.h"
37 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
38
39 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
40 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
41
42 typedef enum split16_format_type
43 {
44 split16a_type = 0,
45 split16d_type
46 }
47 split16_format_type;
48
49 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
50
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
52 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
53 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
54 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
55
56 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
57 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
58 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
59 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
60 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
61 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
62
63 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
64 section. */
65 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
66
67 /* For old-style PLT. */
68 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
69 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
70
71 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
72 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
73 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
74 ((4*4 \
75 + (h != NULL \
76 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
77 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
78 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
79 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
80
81 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
82
83 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
84 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
85 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
86 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
87 {
88 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
89 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
90 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
91 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
92 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
93 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
94 0x60000000, /* nop */
95 0x60000000, /* nop */
96 };
97 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
98 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
99 {
100 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
101 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
102 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
103 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
104 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
105 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
106 0x60000000, /* nop */
107 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 };
109
110 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
111 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
112 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
113 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
114 {
115 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
116 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
117 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
118 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
119 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
120 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
121 0x60000000, /* nop */
122 0x60000000, /* nop */
123 };
124 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
125 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
126 {
127 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
128 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
129 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
130 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
131 0x60000000, /* nop */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 0x60000000, /* nop */
134 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 };
136
137 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
138 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
139
140 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
141 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
142 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
143 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
144 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
145 a shared library. */
146 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
147
148 /* Some instructions. */
149 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
150 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
151 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
152 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
153 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
154 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
155 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
156 #define B 0x48000000
157 #define BA 0x48000002
158 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
159 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
160 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
161 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
162 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
163 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
164 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
165 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
166 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
167 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
168 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
169 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
170 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
171 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
172 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
173 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
174 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
175 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
176 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
177 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
178 #define NOP 0x60000000
179 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
180
181 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
182 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
183 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
184
185 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
186 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
187 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
188 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
190 \f
191 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
192 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
193 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
194 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
195 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
196 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
197 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
198 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
199 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
200 complain, special_func) \
201 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
202 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
203 #type, false, 0, mask, pc_relative)
204
205 static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_max];
206
207 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = {
208 /* This reloc does nothing. */
209 HOW (R_PPC_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont,
210 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
211
212 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
213 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
214 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
215
216 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
217 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
218 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, false, signed,
219 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
220
221 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
222 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield,
223 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
224
225 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
226 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
227 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
228
229 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
230 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
231 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
232
233 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
234 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
235 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
236 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
237
238 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
239 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
240 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
241 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
242
243 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
244 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
245 bits must be zero. */
246 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
247 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
248
249 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
250 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
251 two bits must be zero. */
252 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
253 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
254
255 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
256 HOW (R_PPC_REL24, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
257 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
258
259 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
260 HOW (R_PPC_REL14, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
261 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
262
263 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
264 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
265 zero. */
266 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
267 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
268
269 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
270 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
271 be zero. */
272 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
273 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
274
275 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
276 symbol. */
277 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
278 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
279
280 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
281 the symbol. */
282 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
283 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
284
285 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
286 the symbol. */
287 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
288 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
289
290 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
291 the symbol. */
292 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
293 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
294
295 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
296 entry for the symbol. */
297 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
298 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
299
300 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
301 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
302 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
303 shared library into the object, because the object being
304 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
305 HOW (R_PPC_COPY, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
306 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
307
308 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
309 entries. */
310 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
311 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
312
313 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
314 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
315 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
316
317 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
318 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
319 addend. */
320 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
321 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
322
323 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
324 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
325 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
326 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
327 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
328
329 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
330 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
331 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
332
333 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
334 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield,
335 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
336
337 /* 32-bit PC relative */
338 HOW (R_PPC_REL32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, true, dont,
339 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
340
341 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
342 FIXME: not supported. */
343 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
344 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
345
346 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
347 FIXME: not supported. */
348 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32, 4, 32, 0, 0, true, dont,
349 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
350
351 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
352 the symbol. */
353 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
354 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
355
356 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
357 the symbol. */
358 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
359 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
360
361 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
362 the symbol. */
363 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
364 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
365
366 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
367 small data items. */
368 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
369 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
370
371 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
372 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
373 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
374
375 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
376 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
377 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
378
379 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
380 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
381 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
382
383 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
384 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
385 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
386
387 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
388 HOW (R_PPC_TLS, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
389 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
390
391 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
392 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
393
394 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
395 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
396
397 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
398 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
399 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
400
401 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
402 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
403
404 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
405 definition of its TLS sym. */
406 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
407 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
408
409 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
410 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
411 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
412 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
413 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
414
415 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
416 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
417 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
418
419 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
420 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
421 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
422
423 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
424 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
425 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
426
427 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
428 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
429 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
430
431 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
432 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
433 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
434 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
435
436 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
437 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
438 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
439
440 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
441 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
442 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
443
444 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
445 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
446 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
447
448 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
449 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
450 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
451
452 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
453 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
454 to the first entry. */
455 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
456 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
457
458 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
459 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
460 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
461
462 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
463 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
464 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
465
466 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
467 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
468 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
469
470 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
471 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
472 first entry. */
473 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
474 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
475
476 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
477 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
478 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
479
480 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
481 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
482 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
483
484 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
485 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
486 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
487
488 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
489 the offset to the entry. */
490 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
491 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
492
493 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
494 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
495 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
496
497 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
498 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
499 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
500
501 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
502 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
503 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
504
505 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
506 offset to the entry. */
507 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
508 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
509
510 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
511 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
512 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
513
514 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
515 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
516 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
517
518 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
519 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
520 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
521
522 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
523 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
524
525 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
526 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
527 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
528
529 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
530 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
531 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
532
533 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
534 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
535 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
536
537 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
538 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
539 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
540
541 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
542 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
543 is negative. */
544 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
545 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
546
547 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
548 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
549 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
550 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
551 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
552
553 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
554 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
555 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
556 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
557 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
558
559 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
560 small data items. */
561 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
562 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
563
564 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
565 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
566 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
567 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21, 4, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
568 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
569
570 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
576
577 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
578 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
579 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
580 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
581 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
582
583 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
584 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8, 2, 8, 0xff, 1, true, signed,
585 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
586
587 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
588 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15, 4, 16, 0xfffe, 0, true, signed,
589 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
590
591 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
592 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24, 4, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, true, signed,
593 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
594
595 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
596 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont,
597 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
598
599 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
600 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont,
601 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
602
603 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
604 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
605 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
606
607 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
608 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
609 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
610
611 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
612 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
613 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
614
615 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
616 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
617 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
618
619 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
620 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
621 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
622 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21, 4, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
623 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
624
625 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
626 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO, 4, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
627 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
628
629 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
630 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont,
631 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
632
633 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
634 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont,
635 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
636
637 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
638 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
639 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
640
641 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
642 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
643 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
644
645 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
646 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
647 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
648
649 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
650 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
651 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
652
653 /* e_li split20 format. */
654 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20, 4, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, false, dont,
655 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
656
657 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
658 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
659
660 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
661 HOW (R_PPC_REL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, signed,
662 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
663
664 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
665 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, dont,
666 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
667
668 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
669 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont,
670 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
671
672 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
673 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
674 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont,
675 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
676
677 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
678 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA, 4, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, true, signed,
679 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
680
681 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
682 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA, 4, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, false, signed,
683 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
684
685 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
686 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont,
687 NULL),
688
689 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
690 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont,
691 NULL),
692
693 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
694 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
695 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
696 };
697 \f
698 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
699
700 static void
701 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
702 {
703 unsigned int i, type;
704
705 for (i = 0;
706 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
707 i++)
708 {
709 type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type;
710 if (type >= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table)
711 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table[0])))
712 abort ();
713 ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
714 }
715 }
716
717 static reloc_howto_type *
718 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
719 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
720 {
721 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r;
722
723 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
724 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
725 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
726
727 switch (code)
728 {
729 default:
730 return NULL;
731
732 case BFD_RELOC_NONE: r = R_PPC_NONE; break;
733 case BFD_RELOC_32: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
734 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26: r = R_PPC_ADDR24; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS:
736 case BFD_RELOC_16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16; break;
737 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS:
738 case BFD_RELOC_LO16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_LO; break;
739 case BFD_RELOC_HI16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HI; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HA; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16: r = R_PPC_ADDR14; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: r = R_PPC_REL24; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16: r = R_PPC_REL14; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN; break;
747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS:
749 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16; break;
750 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
751 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; break;
752 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HI; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HA; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL24; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY: r = R_PPC_COPY; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT: r = R_PPC_GLOB_DAT; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC: r = R_PPC_LOCAL24PC; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL32; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT32; break;
760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL32; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS:
762 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_LO; break;
763 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HI; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HA; break;
765 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: r = R_PPC_SDAREL16; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS:
767 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF; break;
768 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS:
769 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO; break;
770 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA; break;
772 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: r = R_PPC_TOC16; break;
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: r = R_PPC_TLS; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD: r = R_PPC_TLSGD; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD: r = R_PPC_TLSLD; break;
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD: r = R_PPC_DTPMOD32; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS:
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_TPREL16; break;
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS:
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; break;
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HI; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; break;
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: r = R_PPC_TPREL32; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS:
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16; break;
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS:
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO; break;
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: r = R_PPC_DTPREL32; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA21; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: r = R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: r = R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL8; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL15; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL24; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16A; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16D; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16A; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16D; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16A; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16D; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21; break;
835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO; break;
836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
837 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A;
838 break;
839 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
840 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D;
841 break;
842 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
843 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A;
844 break;
845 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
846 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D;
847 break;
848 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
849 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A;
850 break;
851 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
852 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D;
853 break;
854 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16; break;
855 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_LO; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HI; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HA; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_16DX_HA; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_REL16DX_HA; break;
860 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT; break;
861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY; break;
862 }
863
864 return ppc_elf_howto_table[r];
865 };
866
867 static reloc_howto_type *
868 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
869 const char *r_name)
870 {
871 unsigned int i;
872
873 for (i = 0;
874 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
875 i++)
876 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL
877 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0)
878 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
879
880 return NULL;
881 }
882
883 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
884
885 static bool
886 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd,
887 arelent *cache_ptr,
888 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
889 {
890 unsigned int r_type;
891
892 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
893 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
894 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
895
896 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
897 if (r_type >= R_PPC_max)
898 {
899 /* xgettext:c-format */
900 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
901 abfd, r_type);
902 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
903 return false;
904 }
905
906 cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
907
908 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
909 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
910 if (cache_ptr->howto == NULL)
911 {
912 /* xgettext:c-format */
913 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
914 abfd, r_type);
915 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
916
917 return false;
918 }
919
920 return true;
921 }
922
923 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
924
925 static bfd_reloc_status_type
926 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd,
927 arelent *reloc_entry,
928 asymbol *symbol,
929 void *data,
930 asection *input_section,
931 bfd *output_bfd,
932 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
933 {
934 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
935 long insn;
936 bfd_size_type octets;
937 bfd_vma value;
938
939 if (output_bfd != NULL)
940 {
941 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
942 return bfd_reloc_ok;
943 }
944
945 reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000;
946 r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type;
947 if (r_type != R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
948 return bfd_reloc_continue;
949
950 value = 0;
951 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
952 value = symbol->value;
953 value += (reloc_entry->addend
954 + symbol->section->output_offset
955 + symbol->section->output_section->vma);
956 value -= (reloc_entry->address
957 + input_section->output_offset
958 + input_section->output_section->vma);
959 value >>= 16;
960
961 octets = reloc_entry->address * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section);
962 if (!bfd_reloc_offset_in_range (reloc_entry->howto, abfd,
963 input_section, octets))
964 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
965
966 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
967 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
968 insn |= (value & 0xffc1) | ((value & 0x3e) << 15);
969 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
970 return bfd_reloc_ok;
971 }
972
973 static bfd_reloc_status_type
974 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd,
975 arelent *reloc_entry,
976 asymbol *symbol,
977 void *data,
978 asection *input_section,
979 bfd *output_bfd,
980 char **error_message)
981 {
982 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
983 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
984 link time. */
985 if (output_bfd != NULL)
986 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
987 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
988
989 if (error_message != NULL)
990 {
991 static char *message;
992 free (message);
993 if (asprintf (&message, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
994 reloc_entry->howto->name) < 0)
995 message = NULL;
996 *error_message = message;
997 }
998 return bfd_reloc_dangerous;
999 }
1000 \f
1001 /* Sections created by the linker. */
1002
1003 typedef struct elf_linker_section
1004 {
1005 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1006 asection *section;
1007 /* Section name. */
1008 const char *name;
1009 /* Associated bss section name. */
1010 const char *bss_name;
1011 /* Associated symbol name. */
1012 const char *sym_name;
1013 /* Associated symbol. */
1014 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym;
1015 } elf_linker_section_t;
1016
1017 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1018 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1019 based on different addend's. */
1020
1021 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1022 {
1023 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1024 struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next;
1025 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1026 bfd_vma offset;
1027 /* addend used */
1028 bfd_vma addend;
1029 /* which linker section this is */
1030 elf_linker_section_t *lsect;
1031 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t;
1032
1033 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1034 {
1035 struct elf_obj_tdata elf;
1036
1037 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1038 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1039 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers;
1040
1041 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1042 unsigned int makes_plt_call : 1;
1043 unsigned int has_rel16 : 1;
1044 };
1045
1046 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1047 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1048
1049 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1050 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1051
1052 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1053 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1054 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1055
1056 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1057
1058 static bool
1059 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1060 {
1061 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata),
1062 PPC32_ELF_DATA);
1063 }
1064
1065 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1066
1067 bool
1068 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd *abfd)
1069 {
1070 unsigned long mach = 0;
1071 asection *s;
1072 unsigned char *contents;
1073
1074 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32
1075 && bfd_big_endian (abfd))
1076 {
1077
1078 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
1079 if ((elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1080 break;
1081 if (s != NULL)
1082 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1083 }
1084
1085 if (mach == 0)
1086 {
1087 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1088 if (s != NULL
1089 && s->size >= 24
1090 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1091 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &contents))
1092 {
1093 unsigned int apuinfo_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + 4);
1094 unsigned int i;
1095
1096 for (i = 20; i < apuinfo_size + 20 && i + 4 <= s->size; i += 4)
1097 {
1098 unsigned int val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + i);
1099 switch (val >> 16)
1100 {
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR:
1102 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI:
1103 if (mach == 0)
1104 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_titan;
1105 break;
1106
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL:
1108 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK:
1109 if (mach == bfd_mach_ppc_titan)
1110 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc;
1111 break;
1112
1113 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE:
1114 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS:
1115 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK:
1116 if (mach != bfd_mach_ppc_vle)
1117 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500;
1118 break;
1119
1120 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE:
1121 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1122 break;
1123
1124 default:
1125 mach = -1ul;
1126 }
1127 }
1128 free (contents);
1129 }
1130 }
1131
1132 if (mach != 0 && mach != -1ul)
1133 {
1134 const bfd_arch_info_type *arch;
1135
1136 for (arch = abfd->arch_info->next; arch; arch = arch->next)
1137 if (arch->mach == mach)
1138 {
1139 abfd->arch_info = arch;
1140 break;
1141 }
1142 }
1143 return true;
1144 }
1145
1146 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1147 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1148
1149 static bool
1150 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
1151 {
1152 if (!abfd->arch_info->the_default)
1153 return true;
1154
1155 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64)
1156 {
1157 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1158
1159 if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
1160 {
1161 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1162 abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next;
1163 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32);
1164 }
1165 }
1166 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd);
1167 }
1168
1169 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1170
1171 static bool
1172 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
1173 {
1174 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
1175 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
1176
1177 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
1178 elf_flags_init (abfd) = true;
1179 return true;
1180 }
1181
1182 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1183
1184 static bool
1185 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1186 {
1187 int offset;
1188 unsigned int size;
1189
1190 switch (note->descsz)
1191 {
1192 default:
1193 return false;
1194
1195 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1196 /* pr_cursig */
1197 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
1198
1199 /* pr_pid */
1200 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
1201
1202 /* pr_reg */
1203 offset = 72;
1204 size = 192;
1205
1206 break;
1207 }
1208
1209 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1210 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
1211 size, note->descpos + offset);
1212 }
1213
1214 static bool
1215 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1216 {
1217 switch (note->descsz)
1218 {
1219 default:
1220 return false;
1221
1222 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1223 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
1224 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 16);
1225 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
1226 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 32, 16);
1227 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
1228 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 48, 80);
1229 }
1230
1231 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1232 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1233 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1234
1235 {
1236 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
1237 int n = strlen (command);
1238
1239 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
1240 command[n - 1] = '\0';
1241 }
1242
1243 return true;
1244 }
1245
1246 static char *
1247 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, ...)
1248 {
1249 switch (note_type)
1250 {
1251 default:
1252 return NULL;
1253
1254 case NT_PRPSINFO:
1255 {
1256 char data[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING;
1257 va_list ap;
1258
1259 va_start (ap, note_type);
1260 memset (data, 0, sizeof (data));
1261 strncpy (data + 32, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16);
1262 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1263 DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH;
1264 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1265 -Wstringop-truncation:
1266 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1267 */
1268 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION;
1269 #endif
1270 strncpy (data + 48, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80);
1271 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1272 DIAGNOSTIC_POP;
1273 #endif
1274 va_end (ap);
1275 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1276 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1277 }
1278
1279 case NT_PRSTATUS:
1280 {
1281 char data[268];
1282 va_list ap;
1283 long pid;
1284 int cursig;
1285 const void *greg;
1286
1287 va_start (ap, note_type);
1288 memset (data, 0, 72);
1289 pid = va_arg (ap, long);
1290 bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 24);
1291 cursig = va_arg (ap, int);
1292 bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12);
1293 greg = va_arg (ap, const void *);
1294 memcpy (data + 72, greg, 192);
1295 memset (data + 264, 0, 4);
1296 va_end (ap);
1297 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1298 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1299 }
1300 }
1301 }
1302
1303 static flagword
1304 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name)
1305 {
1306
1307 if (!strcmp (flag_name, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1308 return SHF_PPC_VLE;
1309
1310 return 0;
1311 }
1312
1313 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1314 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1315
1316 static bfd_vma
1317 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1318 const asection *plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1319 const arelent *rel)
1320 {
1321 return rel->address;
1322 }
1323
1324 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1325 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1326 type. */
1327
1328 static bool
1329 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
1330 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
1331 const char *name,
1332 int shindex)
1333 {
1334 asection *newsect;
1335 flagword flags;
1336
1337 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1338 return false;
1339
1340 newsect = hdr->bfd_section;
1341 flags = 0;
1342 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE)
1343 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1344
1345 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ORDERED)
1346 flags |= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES;
1347
1348 if (startswith (name, ".PPC.EMB"))
1349 name += 8;
1350 if (startswith (name, ".sbss")
1351 || startswith (name, ".sdata"))
1352 flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
1353
1354 return (flags == 0
1355 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect, newsect->flags | flags));
1356 }
1357
1358 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1359
1360 static bool
1361 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1362 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr,
1363 asection *asect)
1364 {
1365 if ((asect->flags & SEC_SORT_ENTRIES) != 0)
1366 shdr->sh_type = SHT_ORDERED;
1367
1368 return true;
1369 }
1370
1371 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1372 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1373
1374 static int
1375 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
1376 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1377 {
1378 asection *s;
1379 int ret = 0;
1380
1381 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".sbss2");
1382 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1383 ++ret;
1384
1385 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1386 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1387 ++ret;
1388
1389 return ret;
1390 }
1391
1392 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1393
1394 bool
1395 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
1396 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1397 {
1398 struct elf_segment_map *m;
1399
1400 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1401 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1402 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1403 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1404 We maintain the original output section order. */
1405
1406 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
1407 {
1408 struct elf_segment_map *n;
1409 size_t amt;
1410 unsigned int j, k;
1411 unsigned int p_flags;
1412
1413 if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD || m->count == 0)
1414 continue;
1415
1416 for (p_flags = PF_R, j = 0; j != m->count; ++j)
1417 {
1418 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1419 p_flags |= PF_W;
1420 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1421 {
1422 p_flags |= PF_X;
1423 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1424 p_flags |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1425 break;
1426 }
1427 }
1428 if (j != m->count)
1429 while (++j != m->count)
1430 {
1431 unsigned int p_flags1 = PF_R;
1432
1433 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1434 p_flags1 |= PF_W;
1435 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1436 {
1437 p_flags1 |= PF_X;
1438 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1439 p_flags1 |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1440 if (((p_flags1 ^ p_flags) & PF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1441 break;
1442 }
1443 p_flags |= p_flags1;
1444 }
1445 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1446 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1447 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1448 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1449 if (j != m->count || !m->p_flags_valid)
1450 {
1451 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
1452 m->p_flags = p_flags;
1453 }
1454 if (j == m->count)
1455 continue;
1456
1457 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1458 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1459 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1460
1461 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
1462 amt += (m->count - j - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
1463 n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1464 if (n == NULL)
1465 return false;
1466
1467 n->p_type = PT_LOAD;
1468 n->count = m->count - j;
1469 for (k = 0; k < n->count; ++k)
1470 n->sections[k] = m->sections[j + k];
1471 m->count = j;
1472 m->p_size_valid = 0;
1473 n->next = m->next;
1474 m->next = n;
1475 }
1476
1477 return true;
1478 }
1479
1480 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1481 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1482 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1483 2 sections. */
1484
1485 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections[] =
1486 {
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1490 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1491 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1492 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED, SHF_ALLOC },
1493 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME), 0, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
1494 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1495 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1496 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1497 };
1498
1499 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1500 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt =
1501 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC };
1502
1503 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
1504 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1505 {
1506 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
1507
1508 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1509 if (sec->name == NULL)
1510 return NULL;
1511
1512 ssect = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, ppc_elf_special_sections,
1513 sec->use_rela_p);
1514 if (ssect != NULL)
1515 {
1516 if (ssect == ppc_elf_special_sections && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1517 ssect = &ppc_alt_plt;
1518 return ssect;
1519 }
1520
1521 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
1522 }
1523 \f
1524 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1525 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1526 {
1527 struct apuinfo_list *next;
1528 unsigned long value;
1529 }
1530 apuinfo_list;
1531
1532 static apuinfo_list *head;
1533 static bool apuinfo_set;
1534
1535 static void
1536 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1537 {
1538 head = NULL;
1539 apuinfo_set = false;
1540 }
1541
1542 static void
1543 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value)
1544 {
1545 apuinfo_list *entry = head;
1546
1547 while (entry != NULL)
1548 {
1549 if (entry->value == value)
1550 return;
1551 entry = entry->next;
1552 }
1553
1554 entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry));
1555 if (entry == NULL)
1556 return;
1557
1558 entry->value = value;
1559 entry->next = head;
1560 head = entry;
1561 }
1562
1563 static unsigned
1564 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1565 {
1566 apuinfo_list *entry;
1567 unsigned long count;
1568
1569 for (entry = head, count = 0;
1570 entry;
1571 entry = entry->next)
1572 ++ count;
1573
1574 return count;
1575 }
1576
1577 static inline unsigned long
1578 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number)
1579 {
1580 apuinfo_list * entry;
1581
1582 for (entry = head;
1583 entry && number --;
1584 entry = entry->next)
1585 ;
1586
1587 return entry ? entry->value : 0;
1588 }
1589
1590 static void
1591 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1592 {
1593 apuinfo_list *entry;
1594
1595 for (entry = head; entry;)
1596 {
1597 apuinfo_list *next = entry->next;
1598 free (entry);
1599 entry = next;
1600 }
1601
1602 head = NULL;
1603 }
1604
1605 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1606 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1607
1608 static void
1609 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
1610 {
1611 bfd *ibfd;
1612 asection *asec;
1613 char *buffer = NULL;
1614 bfd_size_type largest_input_size = 0;
1615 unsigned i;
1616 unsigned long length;
1617 const char *error_message = NULL;
1618
1619 if (link_info == NULL)
1620 return;
1621
1622 apuinfo_list_init ();
1623
1624 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1625 for (ibfd = link_info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
1626 {
1627 unsigned long datum;
1628
1629 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1630 if (asec == NULL)
1631 continue;
1632
1633 /* xgettext:c-format */
1634 error_message = _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1635 length = asec->size;
1636 if (length < 20)
1637 goto fail;
1638
1639 apuinfo_set = true;
1640 if (largest_input_size < asec->size)
1641 {
1642 free (buffer);
1643 largest_input_size = asec->size;
1644 buffer = bfd_malloc (largest_input_size);
1645 if (!buffer)
1646 return;
1647 }
1648
1649 if (bfd_seek (ibfd, asec->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0
1650 || (bfd_bread (buffer, length, ibfd) != length))
1651 {
1652 /* xgettext:c-format */
1653 error_message = _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1654 goto fail;
1655 }
1656
1657 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1658 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1659 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1660 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer);
1661 if (datum != sizeof APUINFO_LABEL)
1662 goto fail;
1663
1664 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 8);
1665 if (datum != 0x2)
1666 goto fail;
1667
1668 if (strcmp (buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL) != 0)
1669 goto fail;
1670
1671 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1672 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 4);
1673 if (datum + 20 != length)
1674 goto fail;
1675
1676 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1677 for (i = 0; i < datum; i += 4)
1678 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 20 + i));
1679 }
1680
1681 error_message = NULL;
1682
1683 if (apuinfo_set)
1684 {
1685 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1686 unsigned num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1687
1688 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1689 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1690
1691 if (asec && !bfd_set_section_size (asec, 20 + num_entries * 4))
1692 {
1693 ibfd = abfd;
1694 /* xgettext:c-format */
1695 error_message = _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1696 }
1697 }
1698
1699 fail:
1700 free (buffer);
1701
1702 if (error_message)
1703 _bfd_error_handler (error_message, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME, ibfd);
1704 }
1705
1706 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1707 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1708
1709 static bool
1710 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1711 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1712 asection *asec,
1713 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1714 {
1715 return apuinfo_set && strcmp (asec->name, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME) == 0;
1716 }
1717
1718 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1719
1720 static void
1721 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1722 {
1723 bfd_byte *buffer;
1724 asection *asec;
1725 unsigned i;
1726 unsigned num_entries;
1727 bfd_size_type length;
1728
1729 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1730 if (asec == NULL)
1731 return;
1732
1733 if (!apuinfo_set)
1734 return;
1735
1736 length = asec->size;
1737 if (length < 20)
1738 return;
1739
1740 buffer = bfd_malloc (length);
1741 if (buffer == NULL)
1742 {
1743 _bfd_error_handler
1744 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1745 return;
1746 }
1747
1748 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1749 num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1750 bfd_put_32 (abfd, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL, buffer);
1751 bfd_put_32 (abfd, num_entries * 4, buffer + 4);
1752 bfd_put_32 (abfd, 0x2, buffer + 8);
1753 strcpy ((char *) buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL);
1754
1755 length = 20;
1756 for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++)
1757 {
1758 bfd_put_32 (abfd, apuinfo_list_element (i), buffer + length);
1759 length += 4;
1760 }
1761
1762 if (length != asec->size)
1763 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1764
1765 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, asec, buffer, (file_ptr) 0, length))
1766 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1767
1768 free (buffer);
1769
1770 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1771 }
1772
1773 static bool
1774 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1775 {
1776 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
1777 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd);
1778 }
1779 \f
1780 static bool
1781 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd *abfd, asection *glink, bfd_vma off)
1782 {
1783 bfd_byte buf[4 * 4];
1784
1785 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, off, sizeof buf))
1786 return false;
1787
1788 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1789 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1790 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 8) == MTCTR_11
1791 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 12) == BCTR);
1792 }
1793
1794 static bool
1795 section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr)
1796 {
1797 bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr;
1798 return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
1799 && section->vma <= vma
1800 && vma < section->vma + section->size);
1801 }
1802
1803 static long
1804 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount, asymbol **syms,
1805 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms,
1806 asymbol **ret)
1807 {
1808 bool (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bool);
1809 asection *plt, *relplt, *dynamic, *glink;
1810 bfd_vma glink_vma = 0;
1811 bfd_vma resolv_vma = 0;
1812 bfd_vma stub_off;
1813 asymbol *s;
1814 arelent *p;
1815 size_t count, i, stub_delta;
1816 size_t size;
1817 char *names;
1818 bfd_byte buf[4];
1819
1820 *ret = NULL;
1821
1822 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
1823 return 0;
1824
1825 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
1826 return 0;
1827
1828 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
1829 if (relplt == NULL)
1830 return 0;
1831
1832 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
1833 if (plt == NULL)
1834 return 0;
1835
1836 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1837 if (elf_section_flags (plt) & SHF_EXECINSTR)
1838 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms,
1839 dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret);
1840
1841 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1842 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1843 dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1844 if (dynamic != NULL
1845 && (dynamic->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
1846 {
1847 bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend;
1848 size_t extdynsize;
1849 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1850
1851 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf))
1852 return -1;
1853
1854 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1855 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1856
1857 for (extdyn = dynbuf, extdynend = dynbuf + dynamic->size;
1858 (size_t) (extdynend - extdyn) >= extdynsize;
1859 extdyn += extdynsize)
1860 {
1861 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1862 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1863
1864 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1865 break;
1866
1867 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC_GOT)
1868 {
1869 unsigned int g_o_t = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1870 asection *got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
1871 if (got != NULL
1872 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, got, buf,
1873 g_o_t - got->vma + 4, 4))
1874 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1875 break;
1876 }
1877 }
1878 free (dynbuf);
1879 }
1880
1881 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1882 if (glink_vma == 0)
1883 {
1884 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, plt, buf, 0, 4))
1885 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1886 }
1887
1888 if (glink_vma == 0)
1889 return 0;
1890
1891 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1892 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1893 glink stubs now reside. */
1894 glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, &glink_vma);
1895 if (glink == NULL)
1896 return 0;
1897
1898 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1899 from the first glink stub. */
1900 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1901 glink_vma - glink->vma, 4))
1902 {
1903 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1904
1905 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1906 insn ^= B;
1907 if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1908 resolv_vma = glink_vma + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1909
1910 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1911 else if ((insn ^ B ^ NOP) == 0)
1912 for (i = 4;
1913 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1914 glink_vma - glink->vma + i, 4);
1915 i += 4)
1916 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf) != NOP)
1917 {
1918 resolv_vma = glink_vma + i;
1919 break;
1920 }
1921 }
1922
1923 count = relplt->size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
1924 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1925 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1926 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1927 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1928 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1929 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1930 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1931 for (stub_delta = 16; stub_delta <= 32; stub_delta += 8)
1932 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd, glink, stub_off - stub_delta))
1933 break;
1934 if (stub_delta > 32)
1935 return 0;
1936
1937 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
1938 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, true))
1939 return -1;
1940
1941 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
1942 p = relplt->relocation;
1943 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
1944 {
1945 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
1946 if (p->addend != 0)
1947 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1948 }
1949
1950 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink");
1951
1952 if (resolv_vma)
1953 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1954
1955 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
1956 if (s == NULL)
1957 return -1;
1958
1959 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1960 names = (char *) (s + count + 1 + (resolv_vma != 0));
1961 p = relplt->relocation + count - 1;
1962 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1963 {
1964 size_t len;
1965
1966 stub_off -= stub_delta;
1967 if (strcmp ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1968 stub_off -= 32;
1969 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
1970 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1971 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1972 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
1973 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
1974 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1975 s->section = glink;
1976 s->value = stub_off;
1977 s->name = names;
1978 s->udata.p = NULL;
1979 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
1980 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
1981 names += len;
1982 if (p->addend != 0)
1983 {
1984 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1985 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1986 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend);
1987 names += strlen (names);
1988 }
1989 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1990 names += sizeof ("@plt");
1991 ++s;
1992 --p;
1993 }
1994
1995 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1996 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
1997 s->the_bfd = abfd;
1998 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1999 s->section = glink;
2000 s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma;
2001 s->name = names;
2002 memcpy (names, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
2003 names += sizeof ("__glink");
2004 s++;
2005 count++;
2006
2007 if (resolv_vma)
2008 {
2009 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2010 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
2011 s->the_bfd = abfd;
2012 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
2013 s->section = glink;
2014 s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma;
2015 s->name = names;
2016 memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2017 names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2018 s++;
2019 count++;
2020 }
2021
2022 return count;
2023 }
2024 \f
2025 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2026 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2027 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2028 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2029 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2030 called. */
2031
2032 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2033 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2034 struct plt_entry
2035 {
2036 struct plt_entry *next;
2037
2038 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2039 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2040 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2041 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2042 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2043 bfd_vma addend;
2044
2045 /* The .got2 section. */
2046 asection *sec;
2047
2048 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2049 union
2050 {
2051 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2052 bfd_vma offset;
2053 } plt;
2054
2055 /* .glink stub offset. */
2056 bfd_vma glink_offset;
2057 };
2058
2059 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2060 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2061 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2062
2063 static int
2064 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2065 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2066 {
2067 switch (r_type)
2068 {
2069 default:
2070 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2071 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2072 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2073 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2074 return 1;
2075
2076 case R_PPC_REL24:
2077 case R_PPC_REL14:
2078 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
2079 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
2080 case R_PPC_REL32:
2081 return 0;
2082
2083 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
2084 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
2085 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
2086 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
2087 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
2088 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2089 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2090 return bfd_link_dll (info);
2091 }
2092 }
2093
2094 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2095 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2096 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2097 shared lib. */
2098 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2099
2100 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2101 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2102 {
2103 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *next;
2104
2105 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2106 asection *sec;
2107
2108 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2109 unsigned int count : 31;
2110
2111 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2112 unsigned int ifunc : 1;
2113 };
2114
2115 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2116
2117 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2118 {
2119 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
2120
2121 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2122 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2123 from the beginning of the section. */
2124 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_pointer;
2125
2126 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2127 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2128 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2129 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2130 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2131 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2132 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2133 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2134 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2135 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2136 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2137 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2138 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2139 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2140 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2141 unsigned char tls_mask;
2142
2143 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2144 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2145 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2146 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2147 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2148
2149 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2150 symbol. */
2151 unsigned char has_sda_refs : 1;
2152
2153 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2154 unsigned char has_addr16_ha : 1;
2155 unsigned char has_addr16_lo : 1;
2156 };
2157
2158 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2159
2160 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2161
2162 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2163 {
2164 struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
2165
2166 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2167 struct ppc_elf_params *params;
2168
2169 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2170 asection *glink;
2171 asection *dynsbss;
2172 asection *relsbss;
2173 elf_linker_section_t sdata[2];
2174 asection *sbss;
2175 asection *glink_eh_frame;
2176 asection *pltlocal;
2177 asection *relpltlocal;
2178
2179 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2180 asection *srelplt2;
2181
2182 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2183 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr;
2184
2185 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2186 bfd *old_bfd;
2187
2188 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2189 union {
2190 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2191 bfd_vma offset;
2192 } tlsld_got;
2193
2194 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2195 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve;
2196
2197 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2198 unsigned int got_header_size;
2199 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2200 unsigned int got_gap;
2201
2202 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2203 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type;
2204
2205 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2206 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2207 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2208 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2209
2210 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2211 unsigned int do_tls_opt:1;
2212
2213 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2214 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt:1;
2215
2216 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2217 int plt_entry_size;
2218 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2219 int plt_slot_size;
2220 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2221 int plt_initial_entry_size;
2222 };
2223
2224 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2225 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2226
2227 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2228 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2229
2230 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2231 relocs. */
2232 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2233
2234 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2235 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2236
2237 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2238
2239 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2240 ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \
2241 && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == PPC32_ELF_DATA) \
2242 ? (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
2243
2244 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2245
2246 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2247 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2248 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2249 const char *string)
2250 {
2251 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2252 subclass. */
2253 if (entry == NULL)
2254 {
2255 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2256 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry));
2257 if (entry == NULL)
2258 return entry;
2259 }
2260
2261 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2262 entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
2263 if (entry != NULL)
2264 {
2265 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->linker_section_pointer = NULL;
2266 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->tls_mask = 0;
2267 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->has_sda_refs = 0;
2268 }
2269
2270 return entry;
2271 }
2272
2273 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2274
2275 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2276 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2277 {
2278 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
2279 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2280 = { PLT_OLD, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2281
2282 ret = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table));
2283 if (ret == NULL)
2284 return NULL;
2285
2286 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd,
2287 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2288 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry),
2289 PPC32_ELF_DATA))
2290 {
2291 free (ret);
2292 return NULL;
2293 }
2294
2295 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0;
2296 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL;
2297 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0;
2298 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL;
2299
2300 ret->params = &default_params;
2301
2302 ret->sdata[0].name = ".sdata";
2303 ret->sdata[0].sym_name = "_SDA_BASE_";
2304 ret->sdata[0].bss_name = ".sbss";
2305
2306 ret->sdata[1].name = ".sdata2";
2307 ret->sdata[1].sym_name = "_SDA2_BASE_";
2308 ret->sdata[1].bss_name = ".sbss2";
2309
2310 ret->plt_entry_size = 12;
2311 ret->plt_slot_size = 8;
2312 ret->plt_initial_entry_size = 72;
2313
2314 return &ret->elf.root;
2315 }
2316
2317 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2318
2319 void
2320 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct ppc_elf_params *params)
2321 {
2322 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2323
2324 if (htab)
2325 htab->params = params;
2326 params->pagesize_p2 = bfd_log2 (params->pagesize);
2327 }
2328
2329 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2330
2331 static bool
2332 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2333 {
2334 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2335
2336 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
2337 return false;
2338
2339 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2340 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks)
2341 {
2342 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2343 executable. */
2344 flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2345 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2346 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
2347 return false;
2348 }
2349
2350 return true;
2351 }
2352
2353 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2354 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2355 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2356
2357 static bool
2358 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2359 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2360 flagword flags,
2361 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2362 {
2363 asection *s;
2364
2365 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2366 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2367
2368 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, lsect->name, flags);
2369 if (s == NULL)
2370 return false;
2371 lsect->section = s;
2372
2373 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2374 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, lsect->name);
2375
2376 lsect->sym = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd, info, s, lsect->sym_name);
2377 if (lsect->sym == NULL)
2378 return false;
2379 lsect->sym->root.u.def.value = 0x8000;
2380 return true;
2381 }
2382
2383 static bool
2384 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2385 {
2386 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2387 asection *s;
2388 flagword flags;
2389 int p2align;
2390
2391 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2392 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2393 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".glink", flags);
2394 htab->glink = s;
2395 p2align = htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 6 : 4;
2396 if (p2align < htab->params->plt_stub_align)
2397 p2align = htab->params->plt_stub_align;
2398 if (s == NULL
2399 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, p2align))
2400 return false;
2401
2402 if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info)
2403 {
2404 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2405 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2406 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".eh_frame", flags);
2407 htab->glink_eh_frame = s;
2408 if (s == NULL
2409 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2410 return false;
2411 }
2412
2413 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2414 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", flags);
2415 htab->elf.iplt = s;
2416 if (s == NULL
2417 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 4))
2418 return false;
2419
2420 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2421 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2422 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt", flags);
2423 htab->elf.irelplt = s;
2424 if (s == NULL
2425 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2426 return false;
2427
2428 /* Local plt entries. */
2429 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2430 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2431 htab->pltlocal = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".branch_lt",
2432 flags);
2433 if (htab->pltlocal == NULL
2434 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->pltlocal, 2))
2435 return false;
2436
2437 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2438 {
2439 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
2440 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2441 htab->relpltlocal
2442 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.branch_lt", flags);
2443 if (htab->relpltlocal == NULL
2444 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->relpltlocal, 2))
2445 return false;
2446 }
2447
2448 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0,
2449 &htab->sdata[0]))
2450 return false;
2451
2452 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY,
2453 &htab->sdata[1]))
2454 return false;
2455
2456 return true;
2457 }
2458
2459 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2460 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2461 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2462
2463 static bool
2464 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2465 {
2466 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2467 asection *s;
2468 flagword flags;
2469
2470 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2471
2472 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2473 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd, info))
2474 return false;
2475
2476 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
2477 return false;
2478
2479 if (htab->glink == NULL
2480 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd, info))
2481 return false;
2482
2483 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynsbss",
2484 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2485 htab->dynsbss = s;
2486 if (s == NULL)
2487 return false;
2488
2489 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
2490 {
2491 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2492 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2493 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.sbss", flags);
2494 htab->relsbss = s;
2495 if (s == NULL
2496 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2497 return false;
2498 }
2499
2500 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
2501 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2502 return false;
2503
2504 s = htab->elf.splt;
2505 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2506 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
2507 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2508 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY;
2509 return bfd_set_section_flags (s, flags);
2510 }
2511
2512 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2513
2514 static void
2515 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2516 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
2517 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
2518 {
2519 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
2520
2521 edir = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
2522 eind = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
2523
2524 edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask;
2525 edir->has_sda_refs |= eind->has_sda_refs;
2526
2527 if (edir->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden)
2528 edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic;
2529 edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular;
2530 edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak;
2531 edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref;
2532 edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt;
2533 edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed;
2534
2535 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2536 if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2537 return;
2538
2539 if (ind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2540 {
2541 if (dir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2542 {
2543 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
2544 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2545
2546 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2547 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2548 for (pp = &ind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
2549 {
2550 struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
2551
2552 for (q = dir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
2553 if (q->sec == p->sec)
2554 {
2555 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
2556 q->count += p->count;
2557 *pp = p->next;
2558 break;
2559 }
2560 if (q == NULL)
2561 pp = &p->next;
2562 }
2563 *pp = dir->dyn_relocs;
2564 }
2565
2566 dir->dyn_relocs = ind->dyn_relocs;
2567 ind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2568 }
2569
2570 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2571 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2572 edir->elf.got.refcount += eind->elf.got.refcount;
2573 eind->elf.got.refcount = 0;
2574
2575 /* And plt entries. */
2576 if (eind->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2577 {
2578 if (edir->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2579 {
2580 struct plt_entry **entp;
2581 struct plt_entry *ent;
2582
2583 for (entp = &eind->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; )
2584 {
2585 struct plt_entry *dent;
2586
2587 for (dent = edir->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next)
2588 if (dent->sec == ent->sec && dent->addend == ent->addend)
2589 {
2590 dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount;
2591 *entp = ent->next;
2592 break;
2593 }
2594 if (dent == NULL)
2595 entp = &ent->next;
2596 }
2597 *entp = edir->elf.plt.plist;
2598 }
2599
2600 edir->elf.plt.plist = eind->elf.plt.plist;
2601 eind->elf.plt.plist = NULL;
2602 }
2603
2604 if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1)
2605 {
2606 if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1)
2607 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
2608 edir->elf.dynstr_index);
2609 edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx;
2610 edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index;
2611 eind->elf.dynindx = -1;
2612 eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0;
2613 }
2614 }
2615
2616 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2617 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2618
2619 static bool
2620 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
2621 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2622 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
2623 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2624 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2625 asection **secp,
2626 bfd_vma *valp)
2627 {
2628 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
2629 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
2630 && is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd)
2631 && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd))
2632 {
2633 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2634 put into .sbss. */
2635 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2636
2637 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2638 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2639 {
2640 flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2641
2642 if (!htab->elf.dynobj)
2643 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2644
2645 htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj,
2646 ".sbss",
2647 flags);
2648 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2649 return false;
2650 }
2651
2652 *secp = htab->sbss;
2653 *valp = sym->st_size;
2654 }
2655
2656 return true;
2657 }
2658 \f
2659 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2660
2661 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t *
2662 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2663 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers,
2664 bfd_vma addend,
2665 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2666 {
2667 for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next)
2668 if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend)
2669 return linker_pointers;
2670
2671 return NULL;
2672 }
2673
2674 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2675
2676 static bool
2677 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2678 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
2679 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2680 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
2681 {
2682 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL;
2683 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
2684 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2685 bfd_size_type amt;
2686
2687 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
2688
2689 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2690 if (h != NULL)
2691 {
2692 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
2693
2694 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2695 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2696 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer,
2697 rel->r_addend,
2698 lsect))
2699 return true;
2700
2701 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer;
2702 }
2703 else
2704 {
2705 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2706
2707 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2708 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd);
2709
2710 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2711 if (!ptr)
2712 {
2713 unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info;
2714
2715 amt = num_symbols;
2716 amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *);
2717 ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
2718
2719 if (!ptr)
2720 return false;
2721
2722 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr;
2723 }
2724
2725 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2726 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx],
2727 rel->r_addend,
2728 lsect))
2729 return true;
2730
2731 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx];
2732 }
2733
2734 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2735 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2736 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL);
2737 amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t);
2738 linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2739
2740 if (!linker_section_ptr)
2741 return false;
2742
2743 linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr;
2744 linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend;
2745 linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect;
2746 *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr;
2747
2748 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect->section, 2))
2749 return false;
2750 linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size;
2751 lsect->section->size += 4;
2752
2753 #ifdef DEBUG
2754 fprintf (stderr,
2755 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2756 lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset,
2757 (long) lsect->section->size);
2758 #endif
2759
2760 return true;
2761 }
2762
2763 static struct plt_entry **
2764 update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd,
2765 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
2766 unsigned long r_symndx,
2767 int tls_type)
2768 {
2769 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
2770 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
2771 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks;
2772
2773 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2774 {
2775 bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2776
2777 size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts)
2778 + sizeof (*local_plt)
2779 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks));
2780 local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
2781 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2782 return NULL;
2783 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
2784 }
2785
2786 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2787 local_got_tls_masks = (unsigned char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2788 local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type & 0xff;
2789 if ((tls_type & NON_GOT) == 0)
2790 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
2791 return local_plt + r_symndx;
2792 }
2793
2794 static bool
2795 update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist,
2796 asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2797 {
2798 struct plt_entry *ent;
2799
2800 if (addend < 32768)
2801 sec = NULL;
2802 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2803 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2804 break;
2805 if (ent == NULL)
2806 {
2807 size_t amt = sizeof (*ent);
2808 ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2809 if (ent == NULL)
2810 return false;
2811 ent->next = *plist;
2812 ent->sec = sec;
2813 ent->addend = addend;
2814 ent->plt.refcount = 0;
2815 *plist = ent;
2816 }
2817 ent->plt.refcount += 1;
2818 return true;
2819 }
2820
2821 static struct plt_entry *
2822 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2823 {
2824 struct plt_entry *ent;
2825
2826 if (addend < 32768)
2827 sec = NULL;
2828 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2829 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2830 break;
2831 return ent;
2832 }
2833
2834 static bool
2835 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2836 {
2837 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
2838 || r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2839 || r_type == R_PPC_REL24
2840 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14
2841 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2842 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2843 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24
2844 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14
2845 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2846 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2847 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_REL24);
2848 }
2849
2850 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2851
2852 static bool
2853 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2854 {
2855 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2856 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2857 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2858 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTSEQ);
2859 }
2860
2861 /* Like bfd_reloc_offset_in_range but without a howto. Return true
2862 iff a field of SIZE bytes at OFFSET is within SEC limits. */
2863
2864 static bool
2865 offset_in_range (asection *sec, bfd_vma offset, size_t size)
2866 {
2867 return offset <= sec->size && size <= sec->size - offset;
2868 }
2869
2870 static void
2871 bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2872 {
2873 _bfd_error_handler
2874 /* xgettext:c-format */
2875 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2876 abfd,
2877 ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name);
2878 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2879 }
2880
2881 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2882 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2883 table. */
2884
2885 static bool
2886 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
2887 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2888 asection *sec,
2889 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
2890 {
2891 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2892 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2893 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
2894 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
2895 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
2896 asection *got2, *sreloc;
2897 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga;
2898
2899 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
2900 return true;
2901
2902 #ifdef DEBUG
2903 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2904 sec, abfd);
2905 #endif
2906
2907 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2908
2909 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2910 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
2911 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2912
2913 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2914 if (htab->glink == NULL)
2915 {
2916 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2917 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2918 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2919 return false;
2920 }
2921 tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
2922 false, false, true);
2923 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
2924 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
2925 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
2926 sreloc = NULL;
2927
2928 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
2929 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
2930 {
2931 unsigned long r_symndx;
2932 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
2933 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2934 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
2935 int tls_type;
2936 struct plt_entry **ifunc;
2937 struct plt_entry **pltent;
2938 bfd_vma addend;
2939
2940 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2941 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
2942 {
2943 h = NULL;
2944 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache, abfd, r_symndx);
2945 if (isym == NULL)
2946 return false;
2947 }
2948 else
2949 {
2950 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
2951 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2952 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2953 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2954 isym = NULL;
2955 }
2956
2957 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2958 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2959 startup code. */
2960 if (h != NULL
2961 && htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2962 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2963 {
2964 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2965 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2966 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2967 return false;
2968 BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot);
2969 }
2970
2971 tls_type = 0;
2972 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
2973 ifunc = NULL;
2974 if (h != NULL)
2975 {
2976 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
2977 {
2978 h->needs_plt = 1;
2979 ifunc = &h->plt.plist;
2980 }
2981 }
2982 else if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks)
2983 {
2984 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
2985 {
2986 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2987 ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
2988 NON_GOT | PLT_IFUNC);
2989 if (ifunc == NULL)
2990 return false;
2991
2992 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2993 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2994 no plt calls. */
2995 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
2996 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
2997 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2998 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2999 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)
3000 {
3001 addend = 0;
3002 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
3003 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
3004 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3005 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
3006 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3007 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3008 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
3009 addend = rel->r_addend;
3010 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend))
3011 return false;
3012 }
3013 }
3014 }
3015
3016 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks
3017 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)
3018 && h != NULL
3019 && h == tga)
3020 {
3021 if (rel != relocs
3022 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3023 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD))
3024 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3025 reloc. */
3026 ;
3027 else
3028 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3029 sec->nomark_tls_get_addr = 1;
3030 }
3031
3032 switch (r_type)
3033 {
3034 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
3035 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
3036 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3037 its parameter symbol. */
3038 if (h != NULL)
3039 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK;
3040 else
3041 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3042 NON_GOT | TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
3043 return false;
3044 break;
3045
3046 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
3047 break;
3048
3049 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
3050 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
3051 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
3052 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
3053 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
3054 goto dogottls;
3055
3056 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
3057 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
3058 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
3059 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
3060 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
3061 goto dogottls;
3062
3063 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
3064 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
3065 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
3066 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
3067 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3068 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3069 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
3070 goto dogottls;
3071
3072 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
3073 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
3074 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
3075 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
3076 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
3077 dogottls:
3078 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
3079 /* Fall through. */
3080
3081 /* GOT16 relocations */
3082 case R_PPC_GOT16:
3083 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
3084 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
3085 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
3086 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3087 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
3088 {
3089 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3090 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3091 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
3092 return false;
3093 }
3094 if (h != NULL)
3095 {
3096 h->got.refcount += 1;
3097 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type;
3098 }
3099 else
3100 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3101 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type))
3102 return false;
3103
3104 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3105 an ifunc. */
3106 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3107 {
3108 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3109 return false;
3110 }
3111 break;
3112
3113 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3114 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
3115 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3116 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0],
3117 h, rel))
3118 return false;
3119 if (h != NULL)
3120 {
3121 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3122 h->non_got_ref = true;
3123 }
3124 break;
3125
3126 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3127 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
3128 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3129 {
3130 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3131 return false;
3132 }
3133 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3134 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1],
3135 h, rel))
3136 return false;
3137 if (h != NULL)
3138 {
3139 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3140 h->non_got_ref = true;
3141 }
3142 break;
3143
3144 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
3145 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3146 /* Fall through. */
3147
3148 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
3149 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
3150 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
3151 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
3152 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
3153 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
3154 if (h != NULL)
3155 {
3156 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3157 h->non_got_ref = true;
3158 }
3159 break;
3160
3161 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
3162 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
3163 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
3164 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
3165 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
3166 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
3167 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
3168 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
3169 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
3170 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
3171 break;
3172
3173 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
3174 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3175 {
3176 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3177 return false;
3178 }
3179 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3180 if (h != NULL)
3181 {
3182 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3183 h->non_got_ref = true;
3184 }
3185 break;
3186
3187 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
3188 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
3189 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
3190 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
3191 if (h != NULL)
3192 {
3193 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3194 h->non_got_ref = true;
3195 }
3196 break;
3197
3198 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
3199 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
3200 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
3201 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
3202 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
3203 if (h != NULL)
3204 h->non_got_ref = true;
3205 break;
3206
3207 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
3208 if (h == NULL)
3209 break;
3210 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
3211 goto pltentry;
3212
3213 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
3214 sec->has_pltcall = 1;
3215 /* Fall through. */
3216
3217 case R_PPC_PLT32:
3218 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
3219 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
3220 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
3221 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
3222 pltentry:
3223 #ifdef DEBUG
3224 fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3225 #endif
3226 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3227 if (h == NULL)
3228 {
3229 pltent = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3230 NON_GOT | PLT_KEEP);
3231 if (pltent == NULL)
3232 return false;
3233 }
3234 else
3235 {
3236 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
3237 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= PLT_KEEP;
3238 h->needs_plt = 1;
3239 pltent = &h->plt.plist;
3240 }
3241 addend = 0;
3242 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3243 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
3244 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3245 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3246 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
3247 addend = rel->r_addend;
3248 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, pltent, got2, addend))
3249 return false;
3250 break;
3251
3252 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3253 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3254 section relative. */
3255 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
3256 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
3257 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
3258 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
3259 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
3260 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
3261 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
3262 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
3263 case R_PPC_TOC16:
3264 break;
3265
3266 case R_PPC_REL16:
3267 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
3268 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
3269 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
3270 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
3271 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1;
3272 break;
3273
3274 /* These are just markers. */
3275 case R_PPC_TLS:
3276 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
3277 case R_PPC_NONE:
3278 case R_PPC_max:
3279 case R_PPC_RELAX:
3280 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
3281 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
3282 case R_PPC_16DX_HA:
3283 break;
3284
3285 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3286 case R_PPC_COPY:
3287 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
3288 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
3289 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
3290 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
3291 break;
3292
3293 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3294 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
3295 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
3296 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
3297 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
3298 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
3299 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
3300 break;
3301
3302 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3303 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
3304 if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3305 {
3306 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3307 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3308 }
3309 if (h != NULL
3310 && ifunc != NULL
3311 && !update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, NULL, 0))
3312 return false;
3313 break;
3314
3315 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3316 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3317 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
3318 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
3319 return false;
3320 break;
3321
3322 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3323 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3324 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
3325 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
3326 return false;
3327 break;
3328
3329 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
3330 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
3331 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
3332 /* Fall through. */
3333 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3334 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
3335 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
3336 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
3337 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3338 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3339 goto dodyn;
3340
3341 /* Nor these. */
3342 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
3343 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
3344 goto dodyn;
3345
3346 case R_PPC_REL32:
3347 if (h == NULL
3348 && got2 != NULL
3349 && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
3350 && bfd_link_pic (info)
3351 && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3352 {
3353 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3354 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3355 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3356 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3357 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3358 PLT call stubs. */
3359 asection *s;
3360
3361 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3362 if (s == got2)
3363 {
3364 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3365 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3366 }
3367 }
3368 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
3369 break;
3370 /* fall through */
3371
3372 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
3373 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
3374 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
3375 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
3376 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
3377 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
3378 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
3379 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3380 {
3381 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3382 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3383 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3384 return false;
3385
3386 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3387 h->non_got_ref = 1;
3388 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
3389 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
3390 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha = 1;
3391 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO)
3392 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo = 1;
3393 }
3394 goto dodyn;
3395
3396 case R_PPC_REL24:
3397 case R_PPC_REL14:
3398 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
3399 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
3400 if (h == NULL)
3401 break;
3402 if (h == htab->elf.hgot)
3403 {
3404 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3405 {
3406 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3407 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3408 }
3409 break;
3410 }
3411 /* fall through */
3412
3413 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
3414 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
3415 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
3416 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
3417 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3418 {
3419 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3420 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3421 h->needs_plt = 1;
3422 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3423 return false;
3424 break;
3425 }
3426
3427 dodyn:
3428 /* Set up information for symbols that might need dynamic
3429 relocations. At this point in linking we have read all
3430 the input files and resolved most symbols, but have not
3431 yet decided whether symbols are dynamic or finalized
3432 symbol flags. In some cases we might be setting dynamic
3433 reloc info for symbols that do not end up needing such.
3434 That's OK, adjust_dynamic_symbol and allocate_dynrelocs
3435 work together with this code. */
3436 if ((h != NULL
3437 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
3438 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
3439 && (h != NULL
3440 ? !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h->root)
3441 : isym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
3442 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)))
3443 {
3444 #ifdef DEBUG
3445 fprintf (stderr,
3446 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3447 "create relocation for %s\n",
3448 (h && h->root.root.string
3449 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
3450 #endif
3451 if (sreloc == NULL)
3452 {
3453 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3454 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3455
3456 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3457 (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ true);
3458
3459 if (sreloc == NULL)
3460 return false;
3461 }
3462
3463 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3464 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3465 if (h != NULL)
3466 {
3467 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
3468 struct elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3469
3470 rel_head = &h->dyn_relocs;
3471 p = *rel_head;
3472 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
3473 {
3474 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3475 if (p == NULL)
3476 return false;
3477 p->next = *rel_head;
3478 *rel_head = p;
3479 p->sec = sec;
3480 p->count = 0;
3481 p->pc_count = 0;
3482 }
3483 p->count += 1;
3484 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))
3485 p->pc_count += 1;
3486 }
3487 else
3488 {
3489 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3490 We really need local syms available to do this
3491 easily. Oh well. */
3492 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
3493 struct ppc_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3494 bool is_ifunc;
3495 asection *s;
3496 void *vpp;
3497
3498 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3499 if (s == NULL)
3500 s = sec;
3501
3502 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
3503 rel_head = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
3504 is_ifunc = ifunc != NULL;
3505 p = *rel_head;
3506 if (p != NULL && p->sec == sec && p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3507 p = p->next;
3508 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec || p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3509 {
3510 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3511 if (p == NULL)
3512 return false;
3513 p->next = *rel_head;
3514 *rel_head = p;
3515 p->sec = sec;
3516 p->ifunc = is_ifunc;
3517 p->count = 0;
3518 }
3519 p->count += 1;
3520 }
3521 }
3522
3523 break;
3524 }
3525 }
3526
3527 return true;
3528 }
3529 \f
3530 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3531 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3532 bool
3533 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3534 {
3535 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3536 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3537 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3538 bool ret = true;
3539 bool warn_only;
3540
3541 /* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common
3542 libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant
3543 but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc
3544 typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library
3545 but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double.
3546 The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using
3547 object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility
3548 layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */
3549 warn_only = (ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0;
3550
3551 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3552 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3553
3554 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3555 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3556
3557 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3558 {
3559 int in_fp = in_attr->i & 3;
3560 int out_fp = out_attr->i & 3;
3561 static bfd *last_fp, *last_ld;
3562
3563 if (in_fp == 0)
3564 ;
3565 else if (out_fp == 0)
3566 {
3567 if (!warn_only)
3568 {
3569 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3570 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3571 last_fp = ibfd;
3572 }
3573 }
3574 else if (out_fp != 2 && in_fp == 2)
3575 {
3576 _bfd_error_handler
3577 /* xgettext:c-format */
3578 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3579 last_fp, ibfd);
3580 ret = warn_only;
3581 }
3582 else if (out_fp == 2 && in_fp != 2)
3583 {
3584 _bfd_error_handler
3585 /* xgettext:c-format */
3586 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3587 ibfd, last_fp);
3588 ret = warn_only;
3589 }
3590 else if (out_fp == 1 && in_fp == 3)
3591 {
3592 _bfd_error_handler
3593 /* xgettext:c-format */
3594 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3595 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp, ibfd);
3596 ret = warn_only;
3597 }
3598 else if (out_fp == 3 && in_fp == 1)
3599 {
3600 _bfd_error_handler
3601 /* xgettext:c-format */
3602 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3603 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd, last_fp);
3604 ret = warn_only;
3605 }
3606
3607 in_fp = in_attr->i & 0xc;
3608 out_fp = out_attr->i & 0xc;
3609 if (in_fp == 0)
3610 ;
3611 else if (out_fp == 0)
3612 {
3613 if (!warn_only)
3614 {
3615 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3616 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3617 last_ld = ibfd;
3618 }
3619 }
3620 else if (out_fp != 2 * 4 && in_fp == 2 * 4)
3621 {
3622 _bfd_error_handler
3623 /* xgettext:c-format */
3624 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3625 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3626 ret = warn_only;
3627 }
3628 else if (in_fp != 2 * 4 && out_fp == 2 * 4)
3629 {
3630 _bfd_error_handler
3631 /* xgettext:c-format */
3632 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3633 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3634 ret = warn_only;
3635 }
3636 else if (out_fp == 1 * 4 && in_fp == 3 * 4)
3637 {
3638 _bfd_error_handler
3639 /* xgettext:c-format */
3640 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3641 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3642 ret = warn_only;
3643 }
3644 else if (out_fp == 3 * 4 && in_fp == 1 * 4)
3645 {
3646 _bfd_error_handler
3647 /* xgettext:c-format */
3648 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3649 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3650 ret = warn_only;
3651 }
3652 }
3653
3654 if (!ret)
3655 {
3656 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3657 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3658 }
3659 return ret;
3660 }
3661
3662 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3663 there are conflicting attributes. */
3664 static bool
3665 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3666 {
3667 bfd *obfd;
3668 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3669 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3670 bool ret;
3671
3672 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd, info))
3673 return false;
3674
3675 obfd = info->output_bfd;
3676 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3677 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3678
3679 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3680 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3681 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3682 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3683 ret = true;
3684 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3685 {
3686 int in_vec = in_attr->i & 3;
3687 int out_vec = out_attr->i & 3;
3688 static bfd *last_vec;
3689
3690 if (in_vec == 0)
3691 ;
3692 else if (out_vec == 0)
3693 {
3694 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3695 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3696 last_vec = ibfd;
3697 }
3698 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3699 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3700 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3701 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3702 case too. */
3703 else if (in_vec == 1)
3704 ;
3705 else if (out_vec == 1)
3706 {
3707 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3708 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3709 last_vec = ibfd;
3710 }
3711 else if (out_vec < in_vec)
3712 {
3713 _bfd_error_handler
3714 /* xgettext:c-format */
3715 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3716 last_vec, ibfd);
3717 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3718 ret = false;
3719 }
3720 else if (out_vec > in_vec)
3721 {
3722 _bfd_error_handler
3723 /* xgettext:c-format */
3724 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3725 ibfd, last_vec);
3726 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3727 ret = false;
3728 }
3729 }
3730
3731 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3732 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3733 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3734 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3735 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3736 {
3737 int in_struct = in_attr->i & 3;
3738 int out_struct = out_attr->i & 3;
3739 static bfd *last_struct;
3740
3741 if (in_struct == 0 || in_struct == 3)
3742 ;
3743 else if (out_struct == 0)
3744 {
3745 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3746 out_attr->i = in_struct;
3747 last_struct = ibfd;
3748 }
3749 else if (out_struct < in_struct)
3750 {
3751 _bfd_error_handler
3752 /* xgettext:c-format */
3753 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3754 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct, ibfd);
3755 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3756 ret = false;
3757 }
3758 else if (out_struct > in_struct)
3759 {
3760 _bfd_error_handler
3761 /* xgettext:c-format */
3762 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3763 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd, last_struct);
3764 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3765 ret = false;
3766 }
3767 }
3768 if (!ret)
3769 {
3770 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3771 return false;
3772 }
3773
3774 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3775 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info);
3776 }
3777
3778 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3779 object file when linking. */
3780
3781 static bool
3782 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3783 {
3784 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3785 flagword old_flags;
3786 flagword new_flags;
3787 bool error;
3788
3789 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd))
3790 return true;
3791
3792 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3793 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
3794 return false;
3795
3796 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, info))
3797 return false;
3798
3799 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
3800 return true;
3801
3802 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
3803 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
3804 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
3805 {
3806 /* First call, no flags set. */
3807 elf_flags_init (obfd) = true;
3808 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
3809 }
3810
3811 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3812 else if (new_flags == old_flags)
3813 ;
3814
3815 /* Incompatible flags. */
3816 else
3817 {
3818 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3819 to be linked with either. */
3820 error = false;
3821 if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0
3822 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0)
3823 {
3824 error = true;
3825 _bfd_error_handler
3826 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3827 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd);
3828 }
3829 else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0
3830 && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0)
3831 {
3832 error = true;
3833 _bfd_error_handler
3834 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3835 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd);
3836 }
3837
3838 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3839 if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB))
3840 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB;
3841
3842 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3843 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3844 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)
3845 && (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))
3846 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)))
3847 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE;
3848
3849 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3850 any module uses it. */
3851 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB);
3852
3853 new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3854 old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3855
3856 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3857 if (new_flags != old_flags)
3858 {
3859 error = true;
3860 _bfd_error_handler
3861 /* xgettext:c-format */
3862 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3863 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3864 ibfd, new_flags, old_flags);
3865 }
3866
3867 if (error)
3868 {
3869 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3870 return false;
3871 }
3872 }
3873
3874 return true;
3875 }
3876
3877 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3878 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd *input_bfd,
3879 asection *input_section,
3880 unsigned long offset,
3881 bfd_byte *loc,
3882 bfd_vma value,
3883 split16_format_type split16_format,
3884 bool fixup)
3885 {
3886 unsigned int insn, opcode;
3887
3888 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4))
3889 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3890 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, loc);
3891 opcode = insn & E_OPCODE_MASK;
3892 if (opcode == E_OR2I_INSN
3893 || opcode == E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3894 || opcode == E_OR2IS_INSN
3895 || opcode == E_LIS_INSN
3896 || opcode == E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN)
3897 {
3898 if (split16_format != split16a_type)
3899 {
3900 if (fixup)
3901 split16_format = split16a_type;
3902 else
3903 _bfd_error_handler
3904 /* xgettext:c-format */
3905 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3906 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3907 }
3908 }
3909 else if (opcode == E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3910 || opcode == E_ADD2IS_INSN
3911 || opcode == E_CMP16I_INSN
3912 || opcode == E_MULL2I_INSN
3913 || opcode == E_CMPL16I_INSN
3914 || opcode == E_CMPH16I_INSN
3915 || opcode == E_CMPHL16I_INSN)
3916 {
3917 if (split16_format != split16d_type)
3918 {
3919 if (fixup)
3920 split16_format = split16d_type;
3921 else
3922 _bfd_error_handler
3923 /* xgettext:c-format */
3924 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3925 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3926 }
3927 }
3928 if (split16_format == split16a_type)
3929 {
3930 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3931 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3932 if ((insn & E_LI_MASK) == E_LI_INSN)
3933 {
3934 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3935 insn &= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3936 insn |= (-(value & 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3937 }
3938 }
3939 else
3940 {
3941 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3942 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 10;
3943 }
3944 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3945 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, loc);
3946 return bfd_reloc_ok;
3947 }
3948
3949 static void
3950 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_byte *loc, bfd_vma value)
3951 {
3952 unsigned int insn;
3953
3954 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
3955 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3956 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3957 insn |= (value & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3958 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3959 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3960 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3961 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3962 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, loc);
3963 }
3964
3965 \f
3966 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3967 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3968 int
3969 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3970 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3971 {
3972 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3973 flagword flags;
3974
3975 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
3976
3977 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3978 {
3979 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3980
3981 if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_OLD)
3982 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3983 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3984 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
3985 && (h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "_mcount",
3986 false, false, true)) != NULL
3987 && (h->type == STT_FUNC
3988 || h->needs_plt)
3989 && h->ref_regular
3990 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
3991 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
3992 {
3993 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3994 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3995 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3996 r30 to be set up. */
3997 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3998 }
3999 else
4000 {
4001 bfd *ibfd;
4002 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = htab->params->plt_style;
4003
4004 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4005 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4006 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4007 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4008 if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
4009 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4010 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4011 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4012 {
4013 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16)
4014 plt_type = PLT_NEW;
4015 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call)
4016 {
4017 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4018 htab->old_bfd = ibfd;
4019 break;
4020 }
4021 }
4022 htab->plt_type = plt_type;
4023 }
4024 }
4025 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
4026 {
4027 if (!info->user_warn_rwx_segments)
4028 info->no_warn_rwx_segments = 1;
4029 if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_NEW
4030 || (htab->params->plt_style != PLT_OLD
4031 && !info->no_warn_rwx_segments))
4032 {
4033 if (htab->old_bfd != NULL)
4034 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab->old_bfd);
4035 else
4036 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4037 }
4038 }
4039
4040 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS);
4041
4042 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
4043 {
4044 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4045 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4046
4047 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4048 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL
4049 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.splt, flags))
4050 return -1;
4051
4052 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4053 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
4054 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
4055 return -1;
4056 }
4057 else
4058 {
4059 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4060 if (htab->glink != NULL
4061 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->glink, 0))
4062 return -1;
4063 }
4064 return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW;
4065 }
4066 \f
4067 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4068 relocation. */
4069
4070 static asection *
4071 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
4072 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4073 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4074 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4075 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
4076 {
4077 if (h != NULL)
4078 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
4079 {
4080 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
4081 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
4082 return NULL;
4083 }
4084
4085 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
4086 }
4087
4088 static bool
4089 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry **hp,
4090 Elf_Internal_Sym **symp,
4091 asection **symsecp,
4092 unsigned char **tls_maskp,
4093 Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp,
4094 unsigned long r_symndx,
4095 bfd *ibfd)
4096 {
4097 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4098
4099 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4100 {
4101 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4102 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4103
4104 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4105 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4106 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4107 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4108
4109 if (hp != NULL)
4110 *hp = h;
4111
4112 if (symp != NULL)
4113 *symp = NULL;
4114
4115 if (symsecp != NULL)
4116 {
4117 asection *symsec = NULL;
4118 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4119 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4120 symsec = h->root.u.def.section;
4121 *symsecp = symsec;
4122 }
4123
4124 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4125 *tls_maskp = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4126 }
4127 else
4128 {
4129 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4130 Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = *locsymsp;
4131
4132 if (locsyms == NULL)
4133 {
4134 locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
4135 if (locsyms == NULL)
4136 locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr,
4137 symtab_hdr->sh_info,
4138 0, NULL, NULL, NULL);
4139 if (locsyms == NULL)
4140 return false;
4141 *locsymsp = locsyms;
4142 }
4143 sym = locsyms + r_symndx;
4144
4145 if (hp != NULL)
4146 *hp = NULL;
4147
4148 if (symp != NULL)
4149 *symp = sym;
4150
4151 if (symsecp != NULL)
4152 *symsecp = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx);
4153
4154 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4155 {
4156 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
4157 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4158
4159 tls_mask = NULL;
4160 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4161 if (local_got != NULL)
4162 {
4163 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4164 (local_got + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4165 unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4166 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4167 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4168 }
4169 *tls_maskp = tls_mask;
4170 }
4171 }
4172 return true;
4173 }
4174 \f
4175 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4176 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4177
4178 bool
4179 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info)
4180 {
4181 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4182 bfd *ibfd;
4183 asection *sec;
4184 bfd_vma low_vma, high_vma, limit;
4185
4186 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4187 if (htab == NULL)
4188 return false;
4189
4190 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4191 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4192 between the call and its destination. */
4193 limit = 0x1e00000;
4194 low_vma = -1;
4195 high_vma = 0;
4196 for (sec = info->output_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4197 if ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE))
4198 {
4199 if (low_vma > sec->vma)
4200 low_vma = sec->vma;
4201 if (high_vma < sec->vma + sec->size)
4202 high_vma = sec->vma + sec->size;
4203 }
4204
4205 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4206 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4207 is local. */
4208 if (high_vma - low_vma < limit)
4209 {
4210 htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt = 1;
4211 return true;
4212 }
4213
4214 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4215 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4216 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4217 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4218 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4219 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4220 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4221 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4222 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4223 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4224 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4225 together except their symbol. */
4226
4227 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4228 {
4229 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4230 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
4231
4232 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4233 continue;
4234
4235 local_syms = NULL;
4236 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4237
4238 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4239 if (sec->has_pltcall
4240 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4241 {
4242 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4243
4244 /* Read the relocations. */
4245 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4246 info->keep_memory);
4247 if (relstart == NULL)
4248 return false;
4249
4250 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4251 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
4252 {
4253 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4254 unsigned long r_symndx;
4255 asection *sym_sec;
4256 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4257 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4258 unsigned char *tls_maskp;
4259
4260 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4261 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTCALL)
4262 continue;
4263
4264 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4265 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_maskp, &local_syms,
4266 r_symndx, ibfd))
4267 {
4268 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4269 free (relstart);
4270 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4271 free (local_syms);
4272 return false;
4273 }
4274
4275 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
4276 {
4277 bfd_vma from, to;
4278 if (h != NULL)
4279 to = h->root.u.def.value;
4280 else
4281 to = sym->st_value;
4282 to += (rel->r_addend
4283 + sym_sec->output_offset
4284 + sym_sec->output_section->vma);
4285 from = (rel->r_offset
4286 + sec->output_offset
4287 + sec->output_section->vma);
4288 if (to - from + limit < 2 * limit)
4289 *tls_maskp &= ~PLT_KEEP;
4290 }
4291 }
4292 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4293 free (relstart);
4294 }
4295
4296 if (local_syms != NULL
4297 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4298 {
4299 if (!info->keep_memory)
4300 free (local_syms);
4301 else
4302 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
4303 }
4304 }
4305
4306 return true;
4307 }
4308
4309 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4310 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4311
4312 asection *
4313 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4314 {
4315 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4316
4317 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4318 htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
4319 false, false, true);
4320 if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
4321 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = true;
4322
4323 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
4324 {
4325 struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga;
4326 opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4327 false, false, true);
4328 if (opt != NULL
4329 && (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4330 || opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4331 {
4332 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4333 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4334 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4335 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4336 tga = htab->tls_get_addr;
4337 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
4338 && tga != NULL
4339 && (tga->type == STT_FUNC
4340 || tga->needs_plt)
4341 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga)
4342 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, tga)))
4343 {
4344 struct plt_entry *ent;
4345 for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4346 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4347 break;
4348 if (ent != NULL)
4349 {
4350 tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect;
4351 tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root;
4352 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga);
4353 opt->mark = 1;
4354 if (opt->dynindx != -1)
4355 {
4356 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4357 opt->dynindx = -1;
4358 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
4359 opt->dynstr_index);
4360 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt))
4361 return false;
4362 }
4363 htab->tls_get_addr = opt;
4364 }
4365 }
4366 }
4367 else
4368 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = true;
4369 }
4370 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
4371 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
4372 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL)
4373 {
4374 elf_section_type (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS;
4375 elf_section_flags (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE;
4376 }
4377
4378 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info);
4379 }
4380
4381 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4382 HASH. */
4383
4384 static bool
4385 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd,
4386 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4387 const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash)
4388 {
4389 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4390 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4391 unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4392
4393 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4394 {
4395 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4396 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4397
4398 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4399 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4400 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4401 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4402 if (h == hash)
4403 return true;
4404 }
4405 return false;
4406 }
4407
4408 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4409 opportunities. */
4410
4411 bool
4412 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4413 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4414 {
4415 bfd *ibfd;
4416 asection *sec;
4417 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4418 int pass;
4419
4420 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
4421 return true;
4422
4423 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4424 if (htab == NULL)
4425 return false;
4426
4427 htab->do_tls_opt = 1;
4428
4429 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4430 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4431 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4432 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4433 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4434 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4435 for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass)
4436 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4437 {
4438 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4439 asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2");
4440
4441 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4442 if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4443 {
4444 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4445 int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4446
4447 /* Read the relocations. */
4448 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4449 info->keep_memory);
4450 if (relstart == NULL)
4451 return false;
4452
4453 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4454 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
4455 {
4456 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4457 unsigned long r_symndx;
4458 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
4459 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4460 unsigned char tls_set, tls_clear;
4461 bool is_local;
4462 bfd_signed_vma *got_count;
4463
4464 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4465 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4466 {
4467 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4468
4469 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4470 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4471 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4472 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4473 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4474 }
4475
4476 is_local = SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h);
4477 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4478 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4479 without marker relocs, then check that each
4480 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4481 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4482 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4483 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4484 if (pass == 0
4485 && sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4486 && h != NULL
4487 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
4488 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4489 && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4490 {
4491 info->callbacks->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4492 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4493 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4494 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4495 free (relstart);
4496 return true;
4497 }
4498
4499 expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4500 switch (r_type)
4501 {
4502 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
4503 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
4504 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4505 /* Fall through. */
4506
4507 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
4508 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
4509 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4510 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4511 that turns out to be the case. */
4512 if (!is_local)
4513 continue;
4514
4515 /* LD -> LE */
4516 tls_set = 0;
4517 tls_clear = TLS_LD;
4518 break;
4519
4520 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
4521 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
4522 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4523 /* Fall through. */
4524
4525 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
4526 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
4527 if (is_local)
4528 /* GD -> LE */
4529 tls_set = 0;
4530 else
4531 /* GD -> IE */
4532 tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE;
4533 tls_clear = TLS_GD;
4534 break;
4535
4536 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
4537 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
4538 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
4539 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
4540 if (is_local)
4541 {
4542 /* IE -> LE */
4543 tls_set = 0;
4544 tls_clear = TLS_TPREL;
4545 break;
4546 }
4547 else
4548 continue;
4549
4550 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
4551 if (!is_local)
4552 continue;
4553 /* Fall through. */
4554 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
4555 if (rel + 1 < relend
4556 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
4557 {
4558 if (pass != 0
4559 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ)
4560 {
4561 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info);
4562 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info);
4563 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4564 {
4565 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4566
4567 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4568 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4569 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4570 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4571 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4572 if (h != NULL)
4573 {
4574 struct plt_entry *ent = NULL;
4575 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4576
4577 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4578 addend = rel->r_addend;
4579 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist,
4580 got2, addend);
4581 if (ent != NULL
4582 && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4583 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4584 }
4585 }
4586 }
4587 continue;
4588 }
4589 expecting_tls_get_addr = 2;
4590 tls_set = 0;
4591 tls_clear = 0;
4592 break;
4593
4594 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
4595 if (pass == 0)
4596 {
4597 unsigned char buf[4];
4598 unsigned int insn;
4599 bfd_vma off = rel->r_offset & ~3;
4600 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd, sec, buf,
4601 off, 4))
4602 {
4603 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4604 free (relstart);
4605 return false;
4606 }
4607 insn = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buf);
4608 /* addis rt,2,imm */
4609 if ((insn & ((0x3fu << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
4610 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)))
4611 {
4612 /* xgettext:c-format */
4613 info->callbacks->minfo
4614 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
4615 ibfd, sec, off, "R_PPC_TPREL16_HA", insn);
4616 htab->do_tls_opt = 0;
4617 }
4618 }
4619 continue;
4620
4621 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
4622 htab->do_tls_opt = 0;
4623 continue;
4624
4625 default:
4626 continue;
4627 }
4628
4629 if (pass == 0)
4630 {
4631 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4632 || !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4633 continue;
4634
4635 if (rel + 1 < relend
4636 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1,
4637 htab->tls_get_addr))
4638 continue;
4639
4640 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4641 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4642 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4643 the entire optimization. */
4644 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4645 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4646 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4647 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4648 free (relstart);
4649 return true;
4650 }
4651
4652 if (h != NULL)
4653 {
4654 tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4655 got_count = &h->got.refcount;
4656 }
4657 else
4658 {
4659 bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs;
4660 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
4661 unsigned char *lgot_masks;
4662
4663 lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4664 if (lgot_refs == NULL)
4665 abort ();
4666 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4667 (lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4668 lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4669 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4670 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4671 got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx];
4672 }
4673
4674 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4675 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4676 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4677 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4678 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4679 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4680 Disable optimization in this case. */
4681 if ((tls_clear & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0
4682 && !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4683 && ((*tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
4684 != (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)))
4685 continue;
4686
4687 if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 1 + !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4688 {
4689 struct plt_entry *ent;
4690 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4691
4692 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
4693 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4694 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTCALL))
4695 addend = rel[1].r_addend;
4696 ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist,
4697 got2, addend);
4698 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4699 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4700 }
4701 if (tls_clear == 0)
4702 continue;
4703
4704 if (tls_set == 0)
4705 {
4706 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4707 if (*got_count > 0)
4708 *got_count -= 1;
4709 }
4710
4711 *tls_mask |= tls_set;
4712 *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear;
4713 }
4714
4715 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4716 free (relstart);
4717 }
4718 }
4719 return true;
4720 }
4721 \f
4722 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4723 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4724 size_dynamic_sections. */
4725
4726 static bool
4727 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4728 {
4729 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h);
4730 do
4731 {
4732 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh->elf))
4733 return true;
4734 eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh->elf.u.alias);
4735 } while (eh != NULL && &eh->elf != h);
4736
4737 return false;
4738 }
4739
4740 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4741
4742 static bool
4743 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4744 {
4745 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
4746
4747 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
4748 if (p->pc_count != 0)
4749 return true;
4750 return false;
4751 }
4752
4753 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4754 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4755 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4756 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4757 understand. */
4758
4759 static bool
4760 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4761 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4762 {
4763 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4764 asection *s;
4765
4766 #ifdef DEBUG
4767 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4768 h->root.root.string);
4769 #endif
4770
4771 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4772 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4773 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL
4774 && (h->needs_plt
4775 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4776 || h->is_weakalias
4777 || (h->def_dynamic
4778 && h->ref_regular
4779 && !h->def_regular)));
4780
4781 /* Deal with function syms. */
4782 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
4783 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4784 || h->needs_plt)
4785 {
4786 bool local = (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4787 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h));
4788 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4789 function symbol is local. */
4790 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && local)
4791 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4792
4793 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4794 won't need a .plt entry. */
4795 struct plt_entry *ent;
4796 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4797 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4798 break;
4799 if (ent == NULL
4800 || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
4801 && local
4802 && (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4803 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
4804 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)))
4805 {
4806 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4807
4808 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4809 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4810 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4811
4812 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4813
4814 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4815 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4816 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4817 h->needs_plt = 0;
4818 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4819 }
4820 else
4821 {
4822 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4823 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4824 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4825 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4826 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4827 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4828 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4829 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4830 than link time. */
4831 if ((h->pointer_equality_needed
4832 || (h->non_got_ref
4833 && !h->ref_regular_nonweak
4834 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
4835 && htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks
4836 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4837 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4838 {
4839 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4840 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4841 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4842 if (!h->needs_plt && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
4843 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4844 }
4845 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
4846 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4847 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4848 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4849 }
4850 h->protected_def = 0;
4851 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4852 return true;
4853 }
4854 else
4855 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4856
4857 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4858 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4859 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4860 if (h->is_weakalias)
4861 {
4862 struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
4863 BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
4864 h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
4865 h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
4866 if (def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynbss
4867 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro
4868 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->dynsbss)
4869 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4870 return true;
4871 }
4872
4873 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4874 is not a function. */
4875
4876 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4877 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4878 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4879 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4880 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4881 {
4882 h->protected_def = 0;
4883 return true;
4884 }
4885
4886 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4887 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4888 if (!h->non_got_ref)
4889 {
4890 h->protected_def = 0;
4891 return true;
4892 }
4893
4894 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4895 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4896 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4897 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4898 if (h->protected_def)
4899 {
4900 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4901 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
4902 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
4903 && htab->params->pic_fixup == 0
4904 && info->disable_target_specific_optimizations <= 1)
4905 htab->params->pic_fixup = 1;
4906 return true;
4907 }
4908
4909 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4910 if (info->nocopyreloc)
4911 return true;
4912
4913 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4914 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4915 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4916 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4917 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4918 executable. */
4919 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4920 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4921 && htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks
4922 && !h->def_regular
4923 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4924 return true;
4925
4926 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4927 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4928 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4929 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4930 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4931 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4932 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4933 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4934 same memory location for the variable.
4935
4936 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4937 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4938 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4939 s = htab->dynsbss;
4940 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4941 s = htab->elf.sdynrelro;
4942 else
4943 s = htab->elf.sdynbss;
4944 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4945
4946 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
4947 {
4948 asection *srel;
4949
4950 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4951 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4952 and into the runtime process image. */
4953 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4954 srel = htab->relsbss;
4955 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4956 srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
4957 else
4958 srel = htab->elf.srelbss;
4959 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
4960 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4961 h->needs_copy = 1;
4962 }
4963
4964 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4965 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4966 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
4967 }
4968 \f
4969 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4970 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4971 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4972 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4973 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4974
4975 static bool
4976 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent,
4977 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4978 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4979 {
4980 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
4981 size_t len1, len2, len3;
4982 char *name;
4983 const char *stub;
4984 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4985
4986 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4987 stub = ".plt_pic32.";
4988 else
4989 stub = ".plt_call32.";
4990
4991 len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string);
4992 len2 = strlen (stub);
4993 len3 = 0;
4994 if (ent->sec)
4995 len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name);
4996 name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 9);
4997 if (name == NULL)
4998 return false;
4999 sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff);
5000 if (ent->sec)
5001 memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3);
5002 memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2);
5003 memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1);
5004 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, true, false, false);
5005 if (sh == NULL)
5006 return false;
5007 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5008 {
5009 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5010 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5011 sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset;
5012 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5013 sh->def_regular = 1;
5014 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5015 sh->forced_local = 1;
5016 sh->non_elf = 0;
5017 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5018 }
5019 return true;
5020 }
5021
5022 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
5023 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
5024
5025 static bfd_vma
5026 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need)
5027 {
5028 bfd_vma where;
5029 unsigned int max_before_header;
5030
5031 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5032 {
5033 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5034 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5035 }
5036 else
5037 {
5038 max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764;
5039 if (need <= htab->got_gap)
5040 {
5041 where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap;
5042 htab->got_gap -= need;
5043 }
5044 else
5045 {
5046 if (htab->elf.sgot->size + need > max_before_header
5047 && htab->elf.sgot->size <= max_before_header)
5048 {
5049 htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->elf.sgot->size;
5050 htab->elf.sgot->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size;
5051 }
5052 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5053 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5054 }
5055 }
5056 return where;
5057 }
5058
5059 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5060 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5061
5062 static inline unsigned int
5063 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask)
5064 {
5065 unsigned int need;
5066 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) == 0)
5067 need = 4;
5068 else
5069 {
5070 need = 0;
5071 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
5072 need += 8;
5073 if ((tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
5074 need += 4;
5075 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
5076 need += 4;
5077 }
5078 return need;
5079 }
5080
5081 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5082
5083 static bool
5084 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5085 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5086 {
5087 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
5088
5089 if (htab->dynamic_sections_created
5090 && ((info->dynamic_undefined_weak != 0
5091 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5092 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5093 && h->dynindx == -1
5094 && !h->forced_local
5095 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5096 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
5097 return true;
5098 }
5099
5100 /* Choose whether to use htab->iplt or htab->pltlocal rather than the
5101 usual htab->elf.splt section for a PLT entry. */
5102
5103 static inline
5104 bool use_local_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5105 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5106 {
5107 return (h == NULL
5108 || h->dynindx == -1
5109 || !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created);
5110 }
5111
5112 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5113
5114 static bool
5115 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
5116 {
5117 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
5118 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
5119 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5120 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
5121
5122 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5123 return true;
5124
5125 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5126 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5127 if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0
5128 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5129 && !eh->elf.def_regular
5130 && eh->elf.protected_def
5131 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5132 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5133 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5134 {
5135 unsigned int need;
5136
5137 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5138 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, &eh->elf))
5139 return false;
5140
5141 need = 0;
5142 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5143 {
5144 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))
5145 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5146 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5147 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5148 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5149 else
5150 need += 8;
5151 }
5152 need += got_entries_needed (eh->tls_mask);
5153 if (need == 0)
5154 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5155 else
5156 {
5157 eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need);
5158 if (((bfd_link_pic (info)
5159 && !((eh->tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
5160 && bfd_link_executable (info)
5161 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))
5162 && !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h->root))
5163 || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5164 && eh->elf.dynindx != -1
5165 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)))
5166 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &eh->elf))
5167 {
5168 asection *rsec;
5169
5170 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5171 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5172 need -= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5173 rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
5174 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5175 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
5176 rsec->size += need;
5177 }
5178 }
5179 }
5180 else
5181 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5182
5183 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5184 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5185 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5186 && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5187 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5188
5189 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5190 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
5191 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
5192 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5193
5194 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5195 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5196 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
5197 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5198
5199 if (h->dyn_relocs == NULL)
5200 ;
5201
5202 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5203 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5204 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5205 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5206 changes. */
5207 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5208 {
5209 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5210 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5211 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5212 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5213 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5214 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5215 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
5216 {
5217 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5218
5219 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5220 {
5221 p->count -= p->pc_count;
5222 p->pc_count = 0;
5223 if (p->count == 0)
5224 *pp = p->next;
5225 else
5226 pp = &p->next;
5227 }
5228 }
5229
5230 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks)
5231 {
5232 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5233
5234 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5235 {
5236 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5237 *pp = p->next;
5238 else
5239 pp = &p->next;
5240 }
5241 }
5242
5243 if (h->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5244 {
5245 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5246 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5247 return false;
5248 }
5249 }
5250 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
5251 {
5252 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5253 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5254 dynamic. */
5255 if ((h->dynamic_adjusted
5256 || (h->ref_regular
5257 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5258 && (info->dynamic_undefined_weak > 0
5259 || !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h))))
5260 && !h->def_regular
5261 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h)
5262 && !(h->protected_def
5263 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5264 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5265 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5266 {
5267 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5268 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5269 return false;
5270
5271 if (h->dynindx == -1)
5272 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5273 }
5274 else
5275 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5276 }
5277
5278 /* Allocate space. */
5279 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
5280 if (!discarded_section (p->sec))
5281 {
5282 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5283 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5284 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5285 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5286 }
5287
5288 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5289 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5290 a) is dynamic, or
5291 b) is an ifunc, or
5292 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5293 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5294 if ((htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && h->dynindx != -1)
5295 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
5296 || (h->needs_plt && h->dynamic_adjusted)
5297 || (h->needs_plt
5298 && h->def_regular
5299 && !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5300 && !htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5301 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
5302 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) == PLT_KEEP))
5303 {
5304 struct plt_entry *ent;
5305 bool doneone = false;
5306 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5307
5308 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5309 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5310 {
5311 asection *s;
5312 bool dyn;
5313
5314 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5315 return false;
5316
5317 dyn = !use_local_plt (info, h);
5318 s = htab->elf.splt;
5319 if (!dyn)
5320 {
5321 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5322 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5323 else
5324 s = htab->pltlocal;
5325 }
5326
5327 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
5328 {
5329 if (!doneone)
5330 {
5331 plt_offset = s->size;
5332 s->size += 4;
5333 }
5334 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5335
5336 if (s == htab->pltlocal)
5337 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5338 else
5339 {
5340 s = htab->glink;
5341 if (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info))
5342 {
5343 glink_offset = s->size;
5344 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
5345 }
5346 if (!doneone
5347 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
5348 && h->def_dynamic
5349 && !h->def_regular)
5350 {
5351 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5352 h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset;
5353 }
5354 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5355
5356 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms
5357 && !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info))
5358 return false;
5359 }
5360 }
5361 else
5362 {
5363 if (!doneone)
5364 {
5365 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5366 for the special first entry. */
5367 if (s->size == 0)
5368 s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size;
5369
5370 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5371 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5372 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5373 word available at the end. */
5374 plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size
5375 + (htab->plt_slot_size
5376 * ((s->size
5377 - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5378 / htab->plt_entry_size)));
5379
5380 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5381 file, and we are not generating a shared
5382 library, then set the symbol to this location
5383 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5384 relocations, and is required to make
5385 function pointers compare as equal between
5386 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5387 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5388 && h->def_dynamic
5389 && !h->def_regular)
5390 {
5391 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5392 h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset;
5393 }
5394
5395 /* Make room for this entry. */
5396 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5397 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5398 is allocated. */
5399 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
5400 && (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5401 / htab->plt_entry_size
5402 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES)
5403 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5404 }
5405 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5406 }
5407
5408 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5409 if (!doneone)
5410 {
5411 if (!dyn)
5412 {
5413 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5414 {
5415 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5416 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5417 }
5418 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5419 {
5420 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5421 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5422 }
5423 }
5424 else
5425 {
5426 htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5427
5428 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5429 {
5430 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5431 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
5432 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5433 {
5434 if (ent->plt.offset
5435 == (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5436 {
5437 htab->srelplt2->size
5438 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5439 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS);
5440 }
5441
5442 htab->srelplt2->size
5443 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5444 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS);
5445 }
5446
5447 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5448 .got.plt. */
5449 htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4;
5450 }
5451 }
5452 doneone = true;
5453 }
5454 }
5455 else
5456 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5457
5458 if (!doneone)
5459 {
5460 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5461 h->needs_plt = 0;
5462 }
5463 }
5464 else
5465 {
5466 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5467 h->needs_plt = 0;
5468 }
5469
5470 return true;
5471 }
5472
5473 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie[] =
5474 {
5475 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5476 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5477 1, /* CIE version. */
5478 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5479 4, /* Code alignment. */
5480 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5481 65, /* RA reg. */
5482 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5483 DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding. */
5484 DW_CFA_def_cfa, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5485 };
5486
5487 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5488
5489 static bool
5490 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
5491 struct bfd_link_info *info)
5492 {
5493 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5494 asection *s;
5495 bool relocs;
5496 bfd *ibfd;
5497
5498 #ifdef DEBUG
5499 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5500 #endif
5501
5502 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5503 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL);
5504
5505 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5506 {
5507 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5508 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
5509 {
5510 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp");
5511 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5512 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5513 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5514 }
5515 }
5516
5517 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5518 htab->got_header_size = 16;
5519 else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
5520 htab->got_header_size = 12;
5521
5522 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5523 relocs. */
5524 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
5525 {
5526 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
5527 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
5528 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
5529 struct plt_entry **end_local_plt;
5530 char *lgot_masks;
5531 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
5532 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5533 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
5534 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
5535
5536 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
5537 continue;
5538
5539 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5540 {
5541 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
5542
5543 for (p = ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs *)
5544 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
5545 p != NULL;
5546 p = p->next)
5547 {
5548 if (discarded_section (p->sec))
5549 {
5550 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5551 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5552 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5553 the relocs too. */
5554 }
5555 else if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
5556 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
5557 ".tls_vars") == 0)
5558 {
5559 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5560 handled specially by the loader. */
5561 }
5562 else if (p->count != 0)
5563 {
5564 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5565 if (p->ifunc)
5566 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5567 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5568 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags
5569 & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5570 == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5571 {
5572 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5573 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5574 p->sec->owner, p->sec);
5575 }
5576 }
5577 }
5578 }
5579
5580 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
5581 if (!local_got)
5582 continue;
5583
5584 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
5585 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5586 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
5587 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
5588 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
5589 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5590 local_syms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5591 if (local_syms == NULL && locsymcount != 0)
5592 {
5593 local_syms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr, locsymcount,
5594 0, NULL, NULL, NULL);
5595 if (local_syms == NULL)
5596 return false;
5597 }
5598
5599 for (isym = local_syms;
5600 local_got < end_local_got;
5601 ++local_got, ++lgot_masks, ++isym)
5602 if (*local_got > 0)
5603 {
5604 unsigned int need;
5605 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5606 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5607 need = got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks);
5608 if (need == 0)
5609 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5610 else
5611 {
5612 *local_got = allocate_got (htab, need);
5613 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5614 && !((*lgot_masks & TLS_TLS) != 0
5615 && bfd_link_executable (info))
5616 && isym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
5617 {
5618 asection *srel;
5619
5620 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5621 srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
5622 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5623 srel = htab->elf.irelplt;
5624 srel->size += need;
5625 }
5626 }
5627 }
5628 else
5629 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5630
5631 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks)
5632 continue;
5633
5634 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5635 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5636 for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt, ++lgot_masks)
5637 {
5638 struct plt_entry *ent;
5639 bool doneone = false;
5640 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5641
5642 for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5643 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5644 {
5645 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5646 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5647 else if (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5648 || (*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)
5649 {
5650 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5651 continue;
5652 }
5653 else
5654 s = htab->pltlocal;
5655
5656 if (!doneone)
5657 {
5658 plt_offset = s->size;
5659 s->size += 4;
5660 }
5661 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5662
5663 if (s != htab->pltlocal && (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info)))
5664 {
5665 s = htab->glink;
5666 glink_offset = s->size;
5667 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, NULL);
5668 }
5669 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5670
5671 if (!doneone)
5672 {
5673 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5674 {
5675 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5676 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5677 }
5678 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5679 {
5680 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5681 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5682 }
5683 doneone = true;
5684 }
5685 }
5686 else
5687 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5688 }
5689
5690 if (local_syms != NULL
5691 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
5692 {
5693 if (!info->keep_memory)
5694 free (local_syms);
5695 else
5696 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
5697 }
5698 }
5699
5700 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5701 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info);
5702
5703 if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0)
5704 {
5705 htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8);
5706 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
5707 htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5708 }
5709 else
5710 htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5711
5712 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS)
5713 {
5714 unsigned int g_o_t = 32768;
5715
5716 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5717 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5718 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5719 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5720 if (htab->elf.sgot->size <= 32768)
5721 {
5722 g_o_t = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5723 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5724 g_o_t += 4;
5725 htab->elf.sgot->size += htab->got_header_size;
5726 }
5727
5728 htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t;
5729 }
5730 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5731 {
5732 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5733
5734 sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section;
5735 sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
5736 }
5737 if (info->emitrelocations)
5738 {
5739 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5740
5741 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5742 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5743 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
5744 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5745 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5746 }
5747
5748 if (htab->glink != NULL
5749 && htab->glink->size != 0
5750 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5751 {
5752 htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size;
5753 /* Space for the branch table. */
5754 htab->glink->size
5755 += htab->elf.srelplt->size / (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4) - 4;
5756 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5757 htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
5758 ? 63 : 15);
5759 htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5760
5761 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms)
5762 {
5763 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
5764 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink",
5765 true, false, false);
5766 if (sh == NULL)
5767 return false;
5768 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5769 {
5770 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5771 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5772 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve;
5773 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5774 sh->def_regular = 1;
5775 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5776 sh->forced_local = 1;
5777 sh->non_elf = 0;
5778 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5779 }
5780 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5781 true, false, false);
5782 if (sh == NULL)
5783 return false;
5784 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5785 {
5786 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5787 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5788 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5789 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5790 sh->def_regular = 1;
5791 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5792 sh->forced_local = 1;
5793 sh->non_elf = 0;
5794 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5795 }
5796 }
5797 }
5798
5799 if (htab->glink != NULL
5800 && htab->glink->size != 0
5801 && htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5802 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section)
5803 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info))
5804 {
5805 s = htab->glink_eh_frame;
5806 s->size = sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + 20;
5807 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5808 {
5809 s->size += 4;
5810 if (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8 >= 256)
5811 s->size += 4;
5812 }
5813 }
5814
5815 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5816 Allocate memory for them. */
5817 relocs = false;
5818 for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5819 {
5820 bool strip_section = true;
5821
5822 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5823 continue;
5824
5825 if (s == htab->elf.splt
5826 || s == htab->elf.sgot)
5827 {
5828 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5829 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5830 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5831 if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL)
5832 strip_section = false;
5833 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5834 comment below. */
5835 }
5836 else if (s == htab->elf.iplt
5837 || s == htab->pltlocal
5838 || s == htab->glink
5839 || s == htab->glink_eh_frame
5840 || s == htab->elf.sgotplt
5841 || s == htab->sbss
5842 || s == htab->elf.sdynbss
5843 || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro
5844 || s == htab->dynsbss)
5845 {
5846 /* Strip these too. */
5847 }
5848 else if (s == htab->sdata[0].section
5849 || s == htab->sdata[1].section)
5850 {
5851 strip_section = (s->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0;
5852 }
5853 else if (startswith (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela"))
5854 {
5855 if (s->size != 0)
5856 {
5857 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5858 relocs = true;
5859
5860 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5861 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5862 s->reloc_count = 0;
5863 }
5864 }
5865 else
5866 {
5867 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5868 continue;
5869 }
5870
5871 if (s->size == 0 && strip_section)
5872 {
5873 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5874 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5875 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5876 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5877 before the linker maps input sections to output
5878 sections. The linker does that before
5879 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5880 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5881 into these sections. */
5882 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5883 continue;
5884 }
5885
5886 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
5887 continue;
5888
5889 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5890 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size);
5891 if (s->contents == NULL)
5892 return false;
5893 }
5894
5895 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5896 {
5897 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5898 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5899 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5900 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5901 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5902 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5903 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5904
5905 if (!_bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd, info,
5906 relocs))
5907 return false;
5908
5909 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
5910 && htab->glink != NULL
5911 && htab->glink->size != 0)
5912 {
5913 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0))
5914 return false;
5915 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5916 && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL
5917 && htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL
5918 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT, PPC_OPT_TLS))
5919 return false;
5920 }
5921 }
5922 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5923
5924 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5925 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
5926 {
5927 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5928 bfd_vma val;
5929
5930 memcpy (p, glink_eh_frame_cie, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie));
5931 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5932 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) - 4, p);
5933 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5934 /* FDE length. */
5935 val = htab->glink_eh_frame->size - 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5936 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5937 p += 4;
5938 /* CIE pointer. */
5939 val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5940 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5941 p += 4;
5942 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5943 p += 4;
5944 /* .glink size. */
5945 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink->size, p);
5946 p += 4;
5947 /* Augmentation. */
5948 p += 1;
5949
5950 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5951 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5952 {
5953 bfd_vma adv = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8) >> 2;
5954 if (adv < 64)
5955 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + adv;
5956 else if (adv < 256)
5957 {
5958 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1;
5959 *p++ = adv;
5960 }
5961 else if (adv < 65536)
5962 {
5963 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2;
5964 bfd_put_16 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5965 p += 2;
5966 }
5967 else
5968 {
5969 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
5970 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5971 p += 4;
5972 }
5973 *p++ = DW_CFA_register;
5974 *p++ = 65;
5975 p++;
5976 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 4;
5977 *p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended;
5978 *p++ = 65;
5979 }
5980 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma) ((p + 3 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents) & -4)
5981 == htab->glink_eh_frame->size);
5982 }
5983
5984 return true;
5985 }
5986
5987 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5988 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5989
5990 static void
5991 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd *output_bfd, elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
5992 {
5993 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = lsect->sym;
5994
5995 if (sda != NULL && !sda->ref_regular && sda->dynindx == -1)
5996 {
5997 asection *s;
5998
5999 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->name);
6000 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
6001 {
6002 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->bss_name);
6003 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
6004 {
6005 sda->def_regular = 0;
6006 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
6007 sda->ref_dynamic = 1;
6008 sda->forced_local = 0;
6009 }
6010 }
6011 }
6012 }
6013
6014 void
6015 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info *info)
6016 {
6017 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6018
6019 if (htab != NULL)
6020 {
6021 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[0]);
6022 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[1]);
6023 }
6024 }
6025
6026
6027 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6028
6029 static bool
6030 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6031 {
6032 if (h->plt.plist != NULL
6033 && !h->def_regular
6034 && (!h->pointer_equality_needed
6035 || !h->ref_regular_nonweak))
6036 return false;
6037
6038 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
6039 }
6040 \f
6041 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6042
6043 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6044 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6045 static const int shared_stub_entry[] =
6046 {
6047 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6048 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6049 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6050 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6051 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6052 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6053 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6054 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6055 };
6056
6057 static const int stub_entry[] =
6058 {
6059 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6060 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6061 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6062 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6063 };
6064
6065 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6066 {
6067 unsigned int workaround_size;
6068 unsigned int picfixup_size;
6069 };
6070
6071 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6072 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6073 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6074 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6075
6076 static bool
6077 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd,
6078 asection *isec,
6079 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
6080 bool *again)
6081 {
6082 struct one_branch_fixup
6083 {
6084 struct one_branch_fixup *next;
6085 asection *tsec;
6086 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6087 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6088 bfd_vma toff;
6089 bfd_vma trampoff;
6090 };
6091
6092 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6093 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6094 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
6095 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
6096 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend = NULL;
6097 struct one_branch_fixup *branch_fixups = NULL;
6098 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
6099 unsigned changes = 0;
6100 bool workaround_change;
6101 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6102 bfd_size_type trampbase, trampoff, newsize, picfixup_size;
6103 asection *got2;
6104 bool maybe_pasted;
6105
6106 *again = false;
6107
6108 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6109 if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6110 || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
6111 || (isec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
6112 || (isec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
6113 || isec->size < 4)
6114 return true;
6115
6116 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6117 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6118 anyway. */
6119 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6120 return true;
6121
6122 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info);
6123 if (htab == NULL)
6124 return true;
6125
6126 isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & -4;
6127 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
6128 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
6129 trampbase = isec->size;
6130
6131 BFD_ASSERT (isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6132 || isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET);
6133 isec->sec_info_type = SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET;
6134
6135 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6136 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6137 {
6138 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6139 {
6140 elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info
6141 = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info));
6142 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6143 return false;
6144 }
6145 relax_info = elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info;
6146 trampbase -= relax_info->workaround_size;
6147 }
6148
6149 maybe_pasted = (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
6150 || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0);
6151 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6152 trampoff = trampbase;
6153 if (maybe_pasted && trampbase == isec->rawsize)
6154 trampoff += 4;
6155
6156 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6157 picfixup_size = 0;
6158 if (htab->params->branch_trampolines
6159 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6160 {
6161 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6162 if (isec->reloc_count != 0)
6163 {
6164 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL,
6165 link_info->keep_memory);
6166 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
6167 goto error_return;
6168 }
6169
6170 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
6171
6172 irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count;
6173 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
6174 {
6175 unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
6176 bfd_vma toff, roff;
6177 asection *tsec;
6178 struct one_branch_fixup *f;
6179 size_t insn_offset = 0;
6180 bfd_vma max_branch_offset = 0, val;
6181 bfd_byte *hit_addr;
6182 unsigned long t0;
6183 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6184 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6185 struct plt_entry **plist;
6186 unsigned char sym_type;
6187
6188 switch (r_type)
6189 {
6190 case R_PPC_REL24:
6191 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6192 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6193 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
6194 max_branch_offset = 1 << 25;
6195 break;
6196
6197 case R_PPC_REL14:
6198 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6199 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6200 max_branch_offset = 1 << 15;
6201 break;
6202
6203 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
6204 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6205 break;
6206 continue;
6207
6208 default:
6209 continue;
6210 }
6211
6212 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6213 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &isym, &tsec, NULL, &isymbuf,
6214 ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), abfd))
6215 goto error_return;
6216
6217 if (isym != NULL)
6218 {
6219 if (tsec != NULL)
6220 ;
6221 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
6222 tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6223 else
6224 continue;
6225
6226 toff = isym->st_value;
6227 sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info);
6228 }
6229 else
6230 {
6231 if (tsec != NULL)
6232 toff = h->root.u.def.value;
6233 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
6234 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6235 {
6236 unsigned long indx;
6237
6238 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6239 tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6240 toff = bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) ? indx : 0;
6241 }
6242 else
6243 continue;
6244
6245 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6246 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6247 branch stub in that case. */
6248 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info)
6249 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6250 && irel != internal_relocs)
6251 {
6252 unsigned long t_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info);
6253 unsigned long t_rtype = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info);
6254 unsigned int tls_mask = 0;
6255
6256 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6257 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6258 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6259 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6260 if (t_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6261 {
6262 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6263
6264 if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
6265 {
6266 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6267 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6268 char *lgot_masks = (char *)
6269 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6270 tls_mask = lgot_masks[t_symndx];
6271 }
6272 }
6273 else
6274 {
6275 struct elf_link_hash_entry *th
6276 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[t_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6277
6278 while (th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6279 || th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6280 th = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) th->root.u.i.link;
6281
6282 tls_mask
6283 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) th)->tls_mask;
6284 }
6285
6286 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6287 optimised away. */
6288 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
6289 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSGD
6290 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6291 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO))
6292 continue;
6293 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
6294 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSLD
6295 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6296 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO))
6297 continue;
6298 }
6299
6300 sym_type = h->type;
6301 }
6302
6303 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
6304 {
6305 if (h != NULL
6306 && !h->def_regular
6307 && h->protected_def
6308 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
6309 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo)
6310 picfixup_size += 12;
6311 continue;
6312 }
6313
6314 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6315 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6316 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6317 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6318 plist = NULL;
6319 if (h != NULL)
6320 {
6321 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6322 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6323 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6324 plist = &h->plt.plist;
6325 }
6326 else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6327 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL)
6328 {
6329 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6330 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6331 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6332 plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
6333 }
6334 if (plist != NULL)
6335 {
6336 bfd_vma addend = 0;
6337 struct plt_entry *ent;
6338
6339 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6340 addend = irel->r_addend;
6341 ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend);
6342 if (ent != NULL)
6343 {
6344 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
6345 || h == NULL
6346 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
6347 || h->dynindx == -1)
6348 {
6349 tsec = htab->glink;
6350 toff = ent->glink_offset;
6351 }
6352 else
6353 {
6354 tsec = htab->elf.splt;
6355 toff = ent->plt.offset;
6356 }
6357 }
6358 }
6359
6360 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6361 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6362 branch overflow. */
6363 if (tsec == isec)
6364 continue;
6365
6366 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6367 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6368 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6369 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6370 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6371 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6372 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr
6373 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24
6374 && irel->r_addend != 0)
6375 continue;
6376
6377 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6378 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6379 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6380 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6381 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6382 if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
6383 {
6384 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6385 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6386 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6387 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6388 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6389
6390 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6391 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6392 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6393 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6394 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6395 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6396 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6397 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6398 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6399 location of interest is just "sym". */
6400 if (sym_type == STT_SECTION
6401 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6402 toff += irel->r_addend;
6403
6404 toff
6405 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec,
6406 elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info,
6407 toff);
6408
6409 if (sym_type != STT_SECTION
6410 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6411 toff += irel->r_addend;
6412 }
6413 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6414 else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6415 toff += irel->r_addend;
6416
6417 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6418 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6419 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr)
6420 || tsec->output_section == NULL
6421 || (tsec->owner != NULL
6422 && (tsec->owner->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) != 0))
6423 continue;
6424
6425 roff = irel->r_offset;
6426
6427 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6428 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6429 fixup can be created at final link.
6430 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6431 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6432 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6433 && (isec->output_section->rawsize - (isec->output_offset + roff)
6434 < max_branch_offset - (max_branch_offset >> 4)))
6435 continue;
6436
6437 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6438 if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr
6439 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6440 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6441 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6442 || tsec->output_section == isec->output_section))
6443 {
6444 bfd_vma symaddr, reladdr;
6445
6446 symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff;
6447 reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff;
6448 if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset
6449 < 2 * max_branch_offset)
6450 continue;
6451 }
6452
6453 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6454 for (f = branch_fixups; f ; f = f->next)
6455 if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff)
6456 break;
6457
6458 if (f == NULL)
6459 {
6460 size_t size;
6461 unsigned long stub_rtype;
6462
6463 val = trampoff - roff;
6464 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6465 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6466 one. We'll report an error later. */
6467 continue;
6468
6469 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6470 {
6471 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry);
6472 insn_offset = 12;
6473 }
6474 else
6475 {
6476 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
6477 insn_offset = 0;
6478 }
6479 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX;
6480 if (tsec == htab->elf.splt
6481 || tsec == htab->glink)
6482 {
6483 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT;
6484 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6485 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24;
6486 }
6487
6488 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6489 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6490 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
6491 stub_rtype);
6492 irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset;
6493 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
6494 && stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
6495 irel->r_addend = 0;
6496
6497 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6498 f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f));
6499 f->next = branch_fixups;
6500 f->tsec = tsec;
6501 f->toff = toff;
6502 f->trampoff = trampoff;
6503 branch_fixups = f;
6504
6505 trampoff += size;
6506 changes++;
6507 }
6508 else
6509 {
6510 val = f->trampoff - roff;
6511 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6512 continue;
6513
6514 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6515 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6516 }
6517
6518 /* Get the section contents. */
6519 if (contents == NULL)
6520 {
6521 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6522 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
6523 contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents;
6524 /* Go get them off disk. */
6525 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents))
6526 goto error_return;
6527 }
6528
6529 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6530 hit_addr = contents + roff;
6531 switch (r_type)
6532 {
6533 case R_PPC_REL24:
6534 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6535 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6536 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6537 t0 &= ~0x3fffffc;
6538 t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc;
6539 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6540 break;
6541
6542 case R_PPC_REL14:
6543 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6544 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6545 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6546 t0 &= ~0xfffc;
6547 t0 |= val & 0xfffc;
6548 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6549 break;
6550 }
6551 }
6552
6553 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6554 {
6555 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6556 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6557 free (f);
6558 }
6559 }
6560
6561 workaround_change = false;
6562 newsize = trampoff;
6563 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6564 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6565 || isec->output_section->alignment_power >= htab->params->pagesize_p2))
6566 {
6567 bfd_vma addr, end_addr;
6568 unsigned int crossings;
6569 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6570
6571 addr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset;
6572 end_addr = addr + trampoff;
6573 addr &= -pagesize;
6574 crossings = ((end_addr & -pagesize) - addr) >> htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6575 if (crossings != 0)
6576 {
6577 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6578 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6579 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6580 newsize = 15 - ((end_addr - 1) & 15);
6581 newsize += crossings * 16;
6582 if (relax_info->workaround_size < newsize)
6583 {
6584 relax_info->workaround_size = newsize;
6585 workaround_change = true;
6586 }
6587 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6588 isec->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
6589 }
6590 newsize = trampoff + relax_info->workaround_size;
6591 }
6592
6593 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6594 {
6595 picfixup_size -= relax_info->picfixup_size;
6596 if (picfixup_size != 0)
6597 relax_info->picfixup_size += picfixup_size;
6598 newsize += relax_info->picfixup_size;
6599 }
6600
6601 if (changes != 0 || picfixup_size != 0 || workaround_change)
6602 isec->size = newsize;
6603
6604 if (isymbuf != NULL
6605 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
6606 {
6607 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
6608 free (isymbuf);
6609 else
6610 {
6611 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6612 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
6613 }
6614 }
6615
6616 if (contents != NULL
6617 && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6618 {
6619 if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory)
6620 free (contents);
6621 else
6622 {
6623 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6624 elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
6625 }
6626 }
6627
6628 changes += picfixup_size;
6629 if (changes != 0)
6630 {
6631 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6632 information for the trampolines. */
6633 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
6634 Elf_Internal_Rela *new_relocs = bfd_malloc ((changes + isec->reloc_count)
6635 * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6636 unsigned ix;
6637
6638 if (!new_relocs)
6639 goto error_return;
6640 memcpy (new_relocs, internal_relocs,
6641 isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6642 for (ix = changes; ix--;)
6643 {
6644 irel = new_relocs + ix + isec->reloc_count;
6645
6646 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6647 }
6648 if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (isec)->relocs)
6649 free (internal_relocs);
6650 elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = new_relocs;
6651 isec->reloc_count += changes;
6652 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec);
6653 rel_hdr->sh_size += changes * rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
6654 }
6655 else if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6656 free (internal_relocs);
6657
6658 *again = changes != 0 || workaround_change;
6659 return true;
6660
6661 error_return:
6662 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6663 {
6664 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6665 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6666 free (f);
6667 }
6668 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents)
6669 free (isymbuf);
6670 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6671 free (contents);
6672 if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6673 free (internal_relocs);
6674 return false;
6675 }
6676 \f
6677 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6678 discarded sections. */
6679
6680 static unsigned int
6681 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec)
6682 {
6683 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0)
6684 return 0;
6685
6686 if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0)
6687 return 0;
6688
6689 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec);
6690 }
6691 \f
6692 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6693
6694 static bfd_vma
6695 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd,
6696 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
6697 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6698 bfd_vma relocation,
6699 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
6700 {
6701 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
6702
6703 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
6704
6705 if (h != NULL)
6706 {
6707 /* Handle global symbol. */
6708 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
6709
6710 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6711 BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular);
6712 linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer;
6713 }
6714 else
6715 {
6716 /* Handle local symbol. */
6717 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6718
6719 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd));
6720 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL);
6721 linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx];
6722 }
6723
6724 linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr,
6725 rel->r_addend,
6726 lsect);
6727 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL);
6728
6729 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6730 as a "written" flag. */
6731 if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0)
6732 {
6733 bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner,
6734 relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend,
6735 lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset);
6736 linker_section_ptr->offset += 1;
6737 }
6738
6739 relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma
6740 + lsect->section->output_offset
6741 + linker_section_ptr->offset - 1
6742 - SYM_VAL (lsect->sym));
6743
6744 #ifdef DEBUG
6745 fprintf (stderr,
6746 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6747 lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation);
6748 #endif
6749
6750 return relocation;
6751 }
6752
6753 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6754 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6755 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6756
6757 static void
6758 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, struct plt_entry *ent,
6759 asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p,
6760 struct bfd_link_info *info)
6761 {
6762 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6763 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd;
6764 bfd_vma plt;
6765 unsigned char *end = p + GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
6766
6767 if (h != NULL
6768 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6769 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
6770 {
6771 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p);
6772 p += 4;
6773 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p);
6774 p += 4;
6775 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p);
6776 p += 4;
6777 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p);
6778 p += 4;
6779 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p);
6780 p += 4;
6781 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p);
6782 p += 4;
6783 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p);
6784 p += 4;
6785 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
6786 p += 4;
6787 }
6788
6789 plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1)
6790 + plt_sec->output_section->vma
6791 + plt_sec->output_offset);
6792
6793 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6794 {
6795 bfd_vma got = 0;
6796
6797 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
6798 got = (ent->addend
6799 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
6800 + ent->sec->output_offset);
6801 else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
6802 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
6803
6804 plt -= got;
6805
6806 if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6807 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6808 else
6809 {
6810 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6811 p += 4;
6812 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6813 }
6814 }
6815 else
6816 {
6817 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6818 p += 4;
6819 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6820 }
6821 p += 4;
6822 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p);
6823 p += 4;
6824 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
6825 p += 4;
6826 while (p < end)
6827 {
6828 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
6829 p += 4;
6830 }
6831 }
6832
6833 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6834
6835 static bool
6836 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6837 {
6838 return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6839 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6840 && h->root.u.def.section != NULL
6841 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL);
6842 }
6843
6844 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6845 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6846 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6847
6848 unsigned int
6849 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6850 {
6851 unsigned int rtra;
6852
6853 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) != 31 << 26)
6854 return 0;
6855
6856 if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg)
6857 rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6858 else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg)
6859 rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6860 else
6861 return 0;
6862
6863 if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6864 /* add -> addi. */
6865 insn = 14 << 26;
6866 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6867 && ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6868 || ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6869 && (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6870 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6871 insn = (32u | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6872 else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6873 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6874 insn = ((58u | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1);
6875 else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6876 /* lwax -> lwa. */
6877 insn = (58u << 26) | 2;
6878 else
6879 return 0;
6880 insn |= rtra;
6881 return insn;
6882 }
6883
6884 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6885 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6886 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6887
6888 unsigned int
6889 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6890 {
6891 if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16
6892 && ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6893 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6894 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6895 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6896 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6897 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6898 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6899 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6900 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6901 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6902 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6903 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6904 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6905 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6906 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6907 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6908 && (insn & 3) != 1)
6909 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6910 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3))))
6911 {
6912 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
6913 }
6914 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21
6915 && ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6916 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6917 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6918 {
6919 insn &= ~(0x1f << 21);
6920 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6921 if ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6922 insn -= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6923 }
6924 else
6925 insn = 0;
6926 return insn;
6927 }
6928
6929 static bool
6930 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn)
6931 {
6932 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6933 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6934 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6935 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6936 }
6937
6938 static bool
6939 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn)
6940 {
6941 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6942 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6943 && (insn & 3) == 1));
6944 }
6945
6946 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6947 to handle the relocations for a section.
6948
6949 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6950 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6951 zero.
6952
6953 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6954 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6955 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6956 necessary.
6957
6958 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6959 address or the reloc symbol index.
6960
6961 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6962
6963 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6964 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6965
6966 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6967 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6968
6969 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6970 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6971 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6972 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6973 accordingly. */
6974
6975 static int
6976 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
6977 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6978 bfd *input_bfd,
6979 asection *input_section,
6980 bfd_byte *contents,
6981 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
6982 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
6983 asection **local_sections)
6984 {
6985 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6986 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6987 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6988 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6989 Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel;
6990 Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
6991 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
6992 asection *got2;
6993 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
6994 bool ret = true;
6995 bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd) ? 2 : 0);
6996 bool is_vxworks_tls;
6997 unsigned int picfixup_size = 0;
6998 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
6999
7000 #ifdef DEBUG
7001 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
7002 "%ld relocations%s",
7003 input_bfd, input_section,
7004 (long) input_section->reloc_count,
7005 (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
7006 #endif
7007
7008 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd))
7009 {
7010 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
7011 return false;
7012 }
7013
7014 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2");
7015
7016 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
7017 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
7018 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
7019
7020 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
7021 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
7022 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
7023 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
7024 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
7025 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
7026 is_vxworks_tls = (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info)
7027 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
7028 ".tls_vars"));
7029 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET)
7030 relax_info = elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info;
7031 rel = wrel = relocs;
7032 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
7033 for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++)
7034 {
7035 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
7036 bfd_vma addend;
7037 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
7038 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
7039 asection *sec;
7040 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7041 const char *sym_name;
7042 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7043 unsigned long r_symndx;
7044 bfd_vma relocation;
7045 bfd_vma branch_bit, from;
7046 bool unresolved_reloc, save_unresolved_reloc;
7047 bool warned;
7048 unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd;
7049 struct plt_entry **ifunc, **plt_list;
7050 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto;
7051
7052 again:
7053 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
7054 sym = NULL;
7055 sec = NULL;
7056 h = NULL;
7057 unresolved_reloc = false;
7058 warned = false;
7059 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
7060
7061 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7062 {
7063 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
7064 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
7065 sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec);
7066
7067 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
7068 }
7069 else
7070 {
7071 bool ignored;
7072
7073 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
7074 r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
7075 h, sec, relocation,
7076 unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
7077
7078 sym_name = h->root.root.string;
7079 }
7080
7081 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
7082 {
7083 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7084 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7085 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7086 howto = NULL;
7087 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7088 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7089
7090 _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
7091 contents, rel->r_offset);
7092 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset;
7093 wrel->r_info = 0;
7094 wrel->r_addend = 0;
7095
7096 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7097 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7098 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7099 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7100 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)
7101 && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING))
7102 wrel--;
7103
7104 continue;
7105 }
7106
7107 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
7108 {
7109 if (got2 != NULL
7110 && r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7111 && rel->r_addend != 0)
7112 {
7113 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7114 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7115 rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset;
7116 }
7117 if (r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7118 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7119 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX)
7120 goto copy_reloc;
7121 }
7122
7123 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7124 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7125 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7126 for the final instruction stream. */
7127 tls_mask = 0;
7128 tls_gd = 0;
7129 if (h != NULL)
7130 tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask;
7131 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
7132 {
7133 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7134 char *lgot_masks;
7135 local_plt
7136 = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7137 lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7138 tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx];
7139 }
7140
7141 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7142 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)
7143 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3)
7144 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3)
7145 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3)
7146 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3)
7147 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3)
7148 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3)
7149 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3))
7150 abort ();
7151 switch (r_type)
7152 {
7153 default:
7154 break;
7155
7156 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7157 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7158 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7159 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0
7160 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7161 {
7162 bfd_vma insn;
7163
7164 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7165 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7166 insn &= 31 << 21;
7167 insn |= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7168 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7169 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7170 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7171 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7172 }
7173 break;
7174
7175 case R_PPC_TLS:
7176 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7177 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0
7178 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
7179 {
7180 bfd_vma insn;
7181
7182 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7183 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2);
7184 if (insn == 0)
7185 abort ();
7186 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7187 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7188 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7189
7190 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7191 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7192 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7193 }
7194 break;
7195
7196 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7197 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7198 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7199 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
7200 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7201 goto tls_gdld_hi;
7202 break;
7203
7204 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7205 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7206 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
7207 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7208 {
7209 tls_gdld_hi:
7210 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7211 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7212 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7213 else
7214 {
7215 rel->r_offset -= d_offset;
7216 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7217 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7218 }
7219 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7220 }
7221 break;
7222
7223 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7224 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7225 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7226 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
7227 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7228 goto tls_ldgd_opt;
7229 break;
7230
7231 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7232 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7233 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
7234 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7235 {
7236 unsigned int insn1, insn2;
7237 bfd_vma offset;
7238
7239 tls_ldgd_opt:
7240 offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
7241 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7242 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7243 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7244 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7245 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7246 if (input_section->nomark_tls_get_addr
7247 && rel + 1 < relend
7248 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1,
7249 htab->tls_get_addr))
7250 offset = rel[1].r_offset;
7251 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7252 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7253 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7254 intervening code. */
7255 insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7256 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7257 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7258 {
7259 /* IE */
7260 insn1 &= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7261 insn1 |= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7262 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1
7263 && offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4))
7264 {
7265 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7266 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7267 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7268 }
7269 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7270 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7271 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7272 }
7273 else
7274 {
7275 /* LE */
7276 insn1 &= 0x1f << 21;
7277 insn1 |= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7278 if (tls_gd == 0)
7279 {
7280 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7281 for (r_symndx = 0;
7282 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7283 r_symndx++)
7284 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7285 break;
7286 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7287 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7288 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7289 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7290 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7291 + sec->output_offset
7292 + sec->output_section->vma);
7293 }
7294 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7295 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7296 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1
7297 && offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4))
7298 {
7299 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7300 rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset;
7301 rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend;
7302 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7303 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7304 }
7305 }
7306 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn1,
7307 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7308 if (tls_gd == 0)
7309 {
7310 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7311 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7312 goto again;
7313 }
7314 }
7315 break;
7316
7317 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7318 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
7319 && rel + 1 < relend
7320 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
7321 {
7322 unsigned int insn2;
7323 bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset;
7324
7325 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7326 {
7327 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + offset);
7328 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7329 break;
7330 }
7331
7332 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0)
7333 {
7334 /* IE */
7335 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7336 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7337 }
7338 else
7339 {
7340 /* LE */
7341 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7342 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7343 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7344 }
7345 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7346 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7347 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7348 BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7349 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7350 }
7351 break;
7352
7353 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7354 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
7355 && rel + 1 < relend
7356 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
7357 {
7358 unsigned int insn2;
7359
7360 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7361 {
7362 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7363 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7364 break;
7365 }
7366
7367 for (r_symndx = 0;
7368 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7369 r_symndx++)
7370 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7371 break;
7372 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7373 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7374 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7375 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7376 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7377 + sec->output_offset
7378 + sec->output_section->vma);
7379
7380 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7381 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7382 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7383 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2,
7384 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7385 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7386 BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7387 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7388 goto again;
7389 }
7390 break;
7391 }
7392
7393 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7394 branch_bit = 0;
7395 switch (r_type)
7396 {
7397 default:
7398 break;
7399
7400 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7401 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
7402 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
7403 branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7404 /* Fall through. */
7405
7406 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7407 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
7408 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
7409 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
7410 {
7411 unsigned int insn;
7412
7413 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7414 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7415 insn |= branch_bit;
7416
7417 from = (rel->r_offset
7418 + input_section->output_offset
7419 + input_section->output_section->vma);
7420
7421 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7422 if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0)
7423 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7424
7425 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7426 }
7427 break;
7428
7429 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
7430 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7431 {
7432 unsigned int insn;
7433
7434 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7435 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7436 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26
7437 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7438 {
7439 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
7440 {
7441 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7442 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
7443 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7444 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7445 }
7446 }
7447 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
7448 info->callbacks->einfo
7449 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7450 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7451 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn);
7452 }
7453 break;
7454 }
7455
7456 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7457 && h != NULL
7458 && !h->def_regular
7459 && h->protected_def
7460 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
7461 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
7462 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
7463 {
7464 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7465 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7466 unsigned int insn;
7467
7468 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
7469 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7470 {
7471 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7472 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7473 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (15u << 26)
7474 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7475 {
7476 bfd_byte *p;
7477 bfd_vma off;
7478 bfd_vma got_addr;
7479
7480 p = (contents + input_section->size
7481 - relax_info->workaround_size
7482 - relax_info->picfixup_size
7483 + picfixup_size);
7484 off = (p - contents) - (rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7485 if (off > 0x1fffffc || (off & 3) != 0)
7486 info->callbacks->einfo
7487 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7488 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
7489
7490 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | off,
7491 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7492 got_addr = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7493 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7494 + (h->got.offset & ~1));
7495 wrel->r_offset = (p - contents) + d_offset;
7496 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
7497 wrel->r_addend = got_addr;
7498 insn &= ~0xffff;
7499 insn |= ((unsigned int) (got_addr + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7500 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
7501
7502 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7503 insn &= ~0xffff;
7504 insn ^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7505 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7506 insn |= got_addr & 0xffff;
7507 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p + 4);
7508
7509 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | ((-4 - off) & 0x3ffffff), p + 8);
7510 picfixup_size += 12;
7511
7512 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7513 output is reasonable. */
7514 memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel));
7515 wrel++, rel++;
7516 rel->r_offset = wrel[-1].r_offset + 4;
7517 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
7518 rel->r_addend = wrel[-1].r_addend;
7519
7520 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7521 dynamic reloc. */
7522 r_type = R_PPC_GOT16_LO;
7523 }
7524 else
7525 _bfd_error_handler
7526 /* xgettext:c-format */
7527 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7528 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7529 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7530 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn);
7531 }
7532 else if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
7533 && offset_in_range (input_section,
7534 rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7535 {
7536 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7537 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7538 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7539 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7540 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7541 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7542 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7543 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7544 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7545 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7546 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7547 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7548 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7549 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7550 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7551 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7552 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7553 && (insn & 3) != 1)
7554 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7555 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3)))
7556 {
7557 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7558 relocation = 0;
7559 unresolved_reloc = false;
7560 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type);
7561 }
7562 else
7563 _bfd_error_handler
7564 /* xgettext:c-format */
7565 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7566 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7567 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7568 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn);
7569 }
7570 }
7571
7572 ifunc = NULL;
7573 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks)
7574 {
7575 struct plt_entry *ent;
7576
7577 if (h != NULL)
7578 {
7579 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7580 ifunc = &h->plt.plist;
7581 }
7582 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL
7583 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7584 {
7585 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7586
7587 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
7588 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7589 ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx;
7590 }
7591
7592 ent = NULL;
7593 if (ifunc != NULL
7594 && (!bfd_link_pic (info)
7595 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
7596 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7597 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7598 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7599 {
7600 addend = 0;
7601 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7602 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7603 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7604 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7605 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7606 addend = rel->r_addend;
7607 ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend);
7608 }
7609 if (ent != NULL)
7610 {
7611 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7612 && ent->sec != got2
7613 && htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW
7614 && (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7615 || h == NULL
7616 || h->dynindx == -1))
7617 {
7618 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7619 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7620 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7621 apparently are using code compiled with
7622 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7623 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7624 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7625 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7626 into .got2). */
7627 info->callbacks->einfo
7628 /* xgettext:c-format */
7629 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7630 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name);
7631 }
7632
7633 unresolved_reloc = false;
7634 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
7635 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7636 || h == NULL
7637 || h->dynindx == -1)
7638 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
7639 + htab->glink->output_offset
7640 + (ent->glink_offset & ~1));
7641 else
7642 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
7643 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
7644 + ent->plt.offset);
7645 }
7646 }
7647
7648 addend = rel->r_addend;
7649 save_unresolved_reloc = unresolved_reloc;
7650 howto = NULL;
7651 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7652 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7653
7654 tls_type = 0;
7655 switch (r_type)
7656 {
7657 default:
7658 de_fault:
7659 if (howto)
7660 /* xgettext:c-format */
7661 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7662 input_bfd, howto->name);
7663 else
7664 /* xgettext:c-format */
7665 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: reloc %#x unsupported"),
7666 input_bfd, r_type);
7667
7668 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7669 ret = false;
7670 goto copy_reloc;
7671
7672 case R_PPC_NONE:
7673 case R_PPC_TLS:
7674 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7675 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7676 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
7677 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7678 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
7679 goto copy_reloc;
7680
7681 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7682 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7683 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7684 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7685 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7686 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7687 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7688 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7689 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7690 goto dogot;
7691
7692 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7693 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7694 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7695 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7696 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7697 goto dogot;
7698
7699 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7700 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7701 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
7702 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
7703 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7704 goto dogot;
7705
7706 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
7707 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
7708 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
7709 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
7710 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7711 goto dogot;
7712
7713 case R_PPC_GOT16:
7714 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
7715 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
7716 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
7717 tls_mask = 0;
7718 dogot:
7719 {
7720 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7721 offset table. */
7722 bfd_vma off;
7723 bfd_vma *offp;
7724 unsigned long indx;
7725
7726 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
7727 abort ();
7728
7729 indx = 0;
7730 if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)
7731 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7732 offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset;
7733 else if (h != NULL)
7734 {
7735 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7736 || h->dynindx == -1
7737 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)
7738 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7739 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7740 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7741 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7742 because of a version file. */
7743 ;
7744 else
7745 {
7746 indx = h->dynindx;
7747 unresolved_reloc = false;
7748 }
7749 offp = &h->got.offset;
7750 }
7751 else
7752 {
7753 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
7754 abort ();
7755 offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
7756 }
7757
7758 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7759 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7760 processed this entry. */
7761 off = *offp;
7762 if ((off & 1) != 0)
7763 off &= ~1;
7764 else
7765 {
7766 unsigned int tls_m = ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7767 ? tls_mask & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL
7768 | TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)
7769 : 0);
7770
7771 if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset)
7772 tls_m = TLS_LD;
7773 else if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0
7774 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7775 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7776
7777 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7778 Initialize them all. */
7779 do
7780 {
7781 int tls_ty = 0;
7782
7783 if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0)
7784 {
7785 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7786 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7787 }
7788 else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0)
7789 {
7790 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7791 tls_m &= ~TLS_GD;
7792 }
7793 else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7794 {
7795 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7796 tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL;
7797 }
7798 else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
7799 {
7800 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7801 tls_m = 0;
7802 }
7803
7804 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7805 if (indx != 0
7806 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
7807 && (h == NULL
7808 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7809 && !(tls_ty != 0
7810 && bfd_link_executable (info)
7811 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7812 && (h != NULL
7813 ? !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h->root)
7814 : sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)))
7815 {
7816 asection *rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
7817 bfd_byte * loc;
7818
7819 if (ifunc != NULL)
7820 {
7821 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
7822 if (indx == 0)
7823 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7824 else if (is_static_defined (h))
7825 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7826 }
7827 outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7828 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7829 + off);
7830 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7831 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7832 {
7833 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32);
7834 if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7835 {
7836 loc = rsec->contents;
7837 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7838 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7839 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd,
7840 &outrel, loc);
7841 outrel.r_offset += 4;
7842 outrel.r_info
7843 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7844 }
7845 }
7846 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7847 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7848 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL))
7849 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32);
7850 else if (indx != 0)
7851 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT);
7852 else if (ifunc != NULL)
7853 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
7854 else
7855 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
7856 if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7857 {
7858 outrel.r_addend += relocation;
7859 if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL))
7860 {
7861 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7862 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7863 else
7864 outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma;
7865 }
7866 }
7867 loc = rsec->contents;
7868 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7869 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7870 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
7871 }
7872
7873 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7874 emitting a reloc. */
7875 else
7876 {
7877 bfd_vma value = relocation;
7878
7879 if (tls_ty != 0)
7880 {
7881 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7882 value = 0;
7883 else
7884 {
7885 if (tls_ty & TLS_LD)
7886 value = 0;
7887 else
7888 value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7889 if (tls_ty & TLS_TPREL)
7890 value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET;
7891 }
7892
7893 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7894 {
7895 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7896 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
7897 value = 1;
7898 }
7899 }
7900 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7901 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
7902 }
7903
7904 off += 4;
7905 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7906 off += 4;
7907 }
7908 while (tls_m != 0);
7909
7910 off = *offp;
7911 *offp = off | 1;
7912 }
7913
7914 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
7915 abort ();
7916
7917 if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0)
7918 {
7919 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7920 {
7921 if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0
7922 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7923 off += 8;
7924 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7925 {
7926 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
7927 off += 8;
7928 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7929 {
7930 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7931 off += 4;
7932 }
7933 }
7934 }
7935 }
7936
7937 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7938 if (r_type != ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
7939 goto copy_reloc;
7940
7941 relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7942 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7943 + off
7944 - SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot));
7945
7946 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7947 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7948 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7949 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7950 if (addend != 0)
7951 info->callbacks->einfo
7952 /* xgettext:c-format */
7953 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7954 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7955 howto->name,
7956 sym_name);
7957 }
7958 break;
7959
7960 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7961 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
7962 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7963 at a symbol not in this object. */
7964 if (unresolved_reloc)
7965 {
7966 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info,
7967 h->root.root.string,
7968 input_bfd,
7969 input_section,
7970 rel->r_offset,
7971 true);
7972 goto copy_reloc;
7973 }
7974 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && bfd_link_pic (info))
7975 {
7976 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7977 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7978 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7979 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7980 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7981 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7982 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7983 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7984 /* xgettext:c-format */
7985 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7986 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7987 h->root.root.string);
7988 }
7989 break;
7990
7991 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
7992 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
7993 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
7994 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
7995 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
7996 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7997 break;
7998
7999 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
8000 object. */
8001 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
8002 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8003 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
8004 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8005 if (h != NULL
8006 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8007 && h->dynindx == -1
8008 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
8009 {
8010 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
8011 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
8012 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
8013 defined before using them. */
8014 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset;
8015 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8016 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2);
8017 if (insn != 0)
8018 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
8019 break;
8020 }
8021 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8022 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
8023 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
8024 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
8025 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
8026 goto dodyn;
8027
8028 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
8029 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8030 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
8031 goto dodyn;
8032
8033 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
8034 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8035 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
8036 goto dodyn;
8037
8038 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
8039 relocation = 1;
8040 addend = 0;
8041 goto dodyn;
8042
8043 case R_PPC_REL16:
8044 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
8045 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
8046 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8047 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
8048 break;
8049
8050 case R_PPC_REL32:
8051 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
8052 break;
8053 /* fall through */
8054
8055 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
8056 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8057 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8058 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
8059 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8060 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
8061 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
8062 goto dodyn;
8063
8064 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
8065 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
8066 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
8067 case R_PPC_REL24:
8068 case R_PPC_REL14:
8069 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
8070 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
8071 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8072 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8073 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
8074 || h == htab->elf.hgot)
8075 break;
8076 /* fall through */
8077
8078 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
8079 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
8080 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
8081 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
8082 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
8083 break;
8084 /* fall through */
8085
8086 dodyn:
8087 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
8088 || is_vxworks_tls)
8089 break;
8090
8091 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
8092 ? ((h == NULL
8093 || h->dyn_relocs != NULL)
8094 && ((h != NULL && pc_dynrelocs (h))
8095 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)))
8096 : (h != NULL
8097 && h->dyn_relocs != NULL))
8098 {
8099 int skip;
8100 bfd_byte *loc;
8101 asection *sreloc;
8102 long indx = 0;
8103
8104 #ifdef DEBUG
8105 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8106 "create relocation for %s\n",
8107 (h && h->root.root.string
8108 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
8109 #endif
8110
8111 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8112 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8113 time. */
8114 skip = 0;
8115 outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
8116 input_section,
8117 rel->r_offset);
8118 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
8119 || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
8120 skip = (int) outrel.r_offset;
8121 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
8122 + input_section->output_offset);
8123
8124 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8125 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) != 0)
8126 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) == 0))
8127 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR32 ^ R_PPC_UADDR32;
8128 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) != 0)
8129 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) == 0))
8130 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR16 ^ R_PPC_UADDR16;
8131
8132 if (skip)
8133 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
8134 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
8135 {
8136 indx = h->dynindx;
8137 BFD_ASSERT (indx != -1);
8138 unresolved_reloc = false;
8139 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8140 outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8141 }
8142 else
8143 {
8144 outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
8145
8146 if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32)
8147 {
8148 if (ifunc != NULL)
8149 {
8150 /* If we get here when building a static
8151 executable, then the libc startup function
8152 responsible for applying indirect function
8153 relocations is going to complain about
8154 the reloc type.
8155 If we get here when building a dynamic
8156 executable, it will be because we have
8157 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8158 will set the text segment writable and
8159 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8160 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8161 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8162 info->callbacks->einfo
8163 /* xgettext:c-format */
8164 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8165 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8166 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8167 howto->name,
8168 sym_name);
8169 ret = false;
8170 }
8171 else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
8172 ;
8173 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
8174 {
8175 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8176 ret = false;
8177 }
8178 else
8179 {
8180 asection *osec;
8181
8182 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8183 against a section symbol. It would be
8184 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8185 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8186 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8187 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8188 osec = sec->output_section;
8189 if ((osec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
8190 {
8191 osec = htab->elf.tls_sec;
8192 indx = 0;
8193 }
8194 else
8195 {
8196 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8197 if (indx == 0)
8198 {
8199 osec = htab->elf.text_index_section;
8200 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8201 }
8202 BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
8203 }
8204
8205 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8206 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8207 addend for them. */
8208 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type))
8209 outrel.r_addend -= osec->vma;
8210 }
8211
8212 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8213 }
8214 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8215 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
8216 else
8217 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
8218 }
8219
8220 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
8221 if (ifunc)
8222 {
8223 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
8224 if (indx == 0)
8225 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8226 else if (is_static_defined (h))
8227 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8228 }
8229 if (sreloc == NULL)
8230 return false;
8231
8232 loc = sreloc->contents;
8233 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8234 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
8235
8236 if (skip == -1)
8237 goto copy_reloc;
8238
8239 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8240 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8241 if (!skip)
8242 {
8243 relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0;
8244 addend = 0;
8245 break;
8246 }
8247 }
8248 break;
8249
8250 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
8251 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
8252 if (h != NULL)
8253 {
8254 struct plt_entry *ent;
8255 bfd_vma got2_addend = 0;
8256
8257 if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
8258 {
8259 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8260 got2_addend = addend;
8261 addend = 0;
8262 }
8263 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend);
8264 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8265 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8266 + htab->glink->output_offset
8267 + ent->glink_offset);
8268 else
8269 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8270 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8271 + ent->plt.offset);
8272 }
8273 /* Fall through. */
8274
8275 case R_PPC_RELAX:
8276 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
8277 ? offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - 12,
8278 ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) * 4)
8279 : offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset,
8280 ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry) * 4))
8281 {
8282 const int *stub;
8283 size_t size;
8284 size_t insn_offset = rel->r_offset;
8285 unsigned int insn;
8286
8287 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8288 {
8289 relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
8290 + input_section->output_offset
8291 + rel->r_offset - 4);
8292 stub = shared_stub_entry;
8293 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[0], contents + insn_offset - 12);
8294 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[1], contents + insn_offset - 8);
8295 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[2], contents + insn_offset - 4);
8296 stub += 3;
8297 size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) - 3;
8298 }
8299 else
8300 {
8301 stub = stub_entry;
8302 size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
8303 }
8304
8305 relocation += addend;
8306 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
8307 relocation = 0;
8308
8309 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8310 insn = *stub++;
8311 insn |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8312 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8313 insn_offset += 4;
8314
8315 insn = *stub++;
8316 insn |= relocation & 0xffff;
8317 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8318 insn_offset += 4;
8319 size -= 2;
8320
8321 while (size != 0)
8322 {
8323 insn = *stub++;
8324 --size;
8325 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8326 insn_offset += 4;
8327 }
8328
8329 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8330 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8331 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE);
8332 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8333 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset + d_offset;
8334 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
8335 wrel->r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8336 memmove (wrel + 1, wrel, (relend - wrel - 1) * sizeof (*wrel));
8337 wrel++, rel++;
8338 wrel->r_offset += 4;
8339 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
8340 }
8341 else
8342 goto de_fault;
8343 continue;
8344
8345 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8346 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
8347 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL);
8348 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym))
8349 {
8350 unresolved_reloc = true;
8351 break;
8352 }
8353 relocation
8354 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0],
8355 h, relocation, rel);
8356 addend = 0;
8357 break;
8358
8359 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8360 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
8361 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL);
8362 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym))
8363 {
8364 unresolved_reloc = true;
8365 break;
8366 }
8367 relocation
8368 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1],
8369 h, relocation, rel);
8370 addend = 0;
8371 break;
8372
8373 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8374 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8375 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8376 AIX .toc section. */
8377 case R_PPC_TOC16: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8378 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8379 {
8380 unresolved_reloc = true;
8381 break;
8382 }
8383 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".got") == 0
8384 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".cgot") == 0);
8385
8386 addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000;
8387 break;
8388
8389 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
8390 if (h != NULL && ifunc == NULL)
8391 {
8392 struct plt_entry *ent;
8393
8394 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2,
8395 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8396 if (ent == NULL
8397 || htab->elf.splt == NULL)
8398 {
8399 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8400 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8401 using -Bsymbolic. */
8402 }
8403 else
8404 {
8405 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8406 procedure linkage table. */
8407 unresolved_reloc = false;
8408 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8409 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8410 + htab->glink->output_offset
8411 + ent->glink_offset);
8412 else
8413 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8414 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8415 + ent->plt.offset);
8416 }
8417 }
8418
8419 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8420 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8421 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8422 addend = 0;
8423 break;
8424
8425 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8426 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8427 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8428 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
8429 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8430 plt_list = NULL;
8431 if (h != NULL)
8432 plt_list = &h->plt.plist;
8433 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8434 plt_list = ifunc;
8435 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
8436 {
8437 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
8438 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
8439 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
8440 plt_list = local_plt + r_symndx;
8441 }
8442 unresolved_reloc = true;
8443 if (plt_list != NULL)
8444 {
8445 struct plt_entry *ent;
8446
8447 ent = find_plt_ent (plt_list, got2,
8448 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8449 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
8450 {
8451 asection *plt;
8452
8453 unresolved_reloc = false;
8454 plt = htab->elf.splt;
8455 if (use_local_plt (info, h))
8456 {
8457 if (ifunc != NULL)
8458 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
8459 else
8460 plt = htab->pltlocal;
8461 }
8462 relocation = (plt->output_section->vma
8463 + plt->output_offset
8464 + ent->plt.offset);
8465 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8466 {
8467 bfd_vma got = 0;
8468
8469 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
8470 got = (ent->addend
8471 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
8472 + ent->sec->output_offset);
8473 else
8474 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
8475 relocation -= got;
8476 }
8477 }
8478 }
8479 addend = 0;
8480 break;
8481
8482 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8483 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8484 {
8485 const char *name;
8486 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8487
8488 if (sec == NULL
8489 || sec->output_section == NULL
8490 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8491 {
8492 unresolved_reloc = true;
8493 break;
8494 }
8495 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8496
8497 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8498 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8499 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0))
8500 {
8501 _bfd_error_handler
8502 /* xgettext:c-format */
8503 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8504 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8505 input_bfd,
8506 sym_name,
8507 howto->name,
8508 name);
8509 }
8510 }
8511 break;
8512
8513 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8514 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
8515 {
8516 const char *name;
8517 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8518
8519 if (sec == NULL
8520 || sec->output_section == NULL
8521 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8522 {
8523 unresolved_reloc = true;
8524 break;
8525 }
8526 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8527
8528 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8529 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8530 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0))
8531 {
8532 _bfd_error_handler
8533 /* xgettext:c-format */
8534 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8535 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8536 input_bfd,
8537 sym_name,
8538 howto->name,
8539 name);
8540 }
8541 }
8542 break;
8543
8544 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
8545 relocation = relocation + addend;
8546 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8547 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8548 split16a_type,
8549 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8550 goto report_reloc;
8551
8552 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
8553 relocation = relocation + addend;
8554 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8555 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8556 split16d_type,
8557 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8558 goto report_reloc;
8559
8560 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
8561 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8562 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8563 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8564 split16a_type,
8565 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8566 goto report_reloc;
8567
8568 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
8569 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8570 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8571 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8572 split16d_type,
8573 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8574 goto report_reloc;
8575
8576 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
8577 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8578 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8579 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8580 split16a_type,
8581 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8582 goto report_reloc;
8583
8584 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
8585 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8586 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8587 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8588 split16d_type,
8589 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8590 goto report_reloc;
8591
8592 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8593 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
8594 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
8595 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
8596 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
8597 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
8598 {
8599 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
8600 goto report_reloc;
8601 }
8602 else
8603 {
8604 const char *name;
8605 int reg;
8606 unsigned int insn;
8607 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8608
8609 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8610 {
8611 unresolved_reloc = true;
8612 break;
8613 }
8614
8615 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8616 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8617 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8618 {
8619 reg = 13;
8620 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8621 }
8622 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8623 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8624 {
8625 reg = 2;
8626 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8627 }
8628 else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8629 || strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8630 {
8631 reg = 0;
8632 }
8633 else
8634 {
8635 _bfd_error_handler
8636 /* xgettext:c-format */
8637 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8638 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8639 input_bfd,
8640 sym_name,
8641 howto->name,
8642 name);
8643
8644 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8645 ret = false;
8646 goto copy_reloc;
8647 }
8648
8649 if (sda != NULL)
8650 {
8651 if (!is_static_defined (sda))
8652 {
8653 unresolved_reloc = true;
8654 break;
8655 }
8656 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8657 }
8658
8659 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA)
8660 break;
8661
8662 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8663 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8664 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8665 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8666 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8667 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8668 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8669 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21)
8670 rel->r_offset &= ~1;
8671
8672 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
8673 if (reg == 0
8674 && (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8675 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO))
8676 {
8677 relocation = relocation + addend;
8678 addend = 0;
8679
8680 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8681 insn &= 0x1f << 21;
8682 insn |= 28u << 26;
8683
8684 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8685 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8686 insn |= (relocation & 0xf0000) >> 5;
8687 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8688 insn |= (relocation & 0xf800) << 5;
8689 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8690 insn |= relocation & 0x7ff;
8691
8692 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8693
8694 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
8695 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8696 && ((relocation + 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8697 r = bfd_reloc_overflow;
8698 goto report_reloc;
8699 }
8700 /* Fill in register field. */
8701 insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT);
8702 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8703 }
8704 break;
8705
8706 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
8707 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
8708 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
8709 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
8710 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
8711 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
8712 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
8713 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
8714 else
8715 {
8716 bfd_vma value;
8717 const char *name;
8718 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8719
8720 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8721 {
8722 unresolved_reloc = true;
8723 break;
8724 }
8725
8726 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8727 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8728 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8729 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8730 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8731 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8732 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8733 else
8734 {
8735 _bfd_error_handler
8736 /* xgettext:c-format */
8737 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8738 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8739 input_bfd,
8740 sym_name,
8741 howto->name,
8742 name);
8743
8744 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8745 ret = false;
8746 goto copy_reloc;
8747 }
8748
8749 if (sda == NULL || !is_static_defined (sda))
8750 {
8751 unresolved_reloc = true;
8752 break;
8753 }
8754 value = relocation + addend - SYM_VAL (sda);
8755
8756 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A)
8757 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8758 rel->r_offset,
8759 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8760 split16a_type,
8761 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8762 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D)
8763 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8764 rel->r_offset,
8765 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8766 split16d_type,
8767 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8768 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A)
8769 {
8770 value = value >> 16;
8771 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8772 rel->r_offset,
8773 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8774 split16a_type,
8775 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8776 }
8777 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D)
8778 {
8779 value = value >> 16;
8780 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8781 rel->r_offset,
8782 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8783 split16d_type,
8784 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8785 }
8786 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A)
8787 {
8788 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8789 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8790 rel->r_offset,
8791 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8792 split16a_type,
8793 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8794 }
8795 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D)
8796 {
8797 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8798 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8799 rel->r_offset,
8800 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8801 split16d_type,
8802 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8803 }
8804 else
8805 abort ();
8806 }
8807 goto report_reloc;
8808
8809 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
8810 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
8811 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
8812 else
8813 {
8814 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset,
8815 relocation);
8816 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
8817 }
8818 goto report_reloc;
8819
8820 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8821 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8822 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8823 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
8824 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8825 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8826 {
8827 unresolved_reloc = true;
8828 break;
8829 }
8830 addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
8831 break;
8832
8833 /* Negative relocations. */
8834 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
8835 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
8836 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
8837 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
8838 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8839 addend -= 2 * relocation;
8840 break;
8841
8842 case R_PPC_COPY:
8843 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
8844 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
8845 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
8846 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
8847 case R_PPC_PLT32:
8848 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
8849 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
8850 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
8851 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
8852 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
8853 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8854 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
8855 /* xgettext:c-format */
8856 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8857 input_bfd, howto->name);
8858
8859 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8860 ret = false;
8861 goto copy_reloc;
8862 }
8863
8864 switch (r_type)
8865 {
8866 default:
8867 break;
8868
8869 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8870 if (htab->do_tls_opt
8871 && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000
8872 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
8873
8874 {
8875 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8876 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
8877 }
8878 break;
8879
8880 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8881 if (htab->do_tls_opt
8882 && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000
8883 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
8884 {
8885 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8886 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8887 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
8888 insn |= 2 << 16;
8889 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
8890 }
8891 break;
8892 }
8893
8894 switch (r_type)
8895 {
8896 default:
8897 break;
8898
8899 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8900 if (unresolved_reloc)
8901 {
8902 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
8903 {
8904 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset;
8905 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8906 insn &= 1;
8907 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | insn, p);
8908 unresolved_reloc = save_unresolved_reloc;
8909 r_type = R_PPC_REL24;
8910 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8911 }
8912 }
8913 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8914 info->callbacks->einfo
8915 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8916 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8917 howto->name);
8918 break;
8919
8920 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8921 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8922 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8923 if (unresolved_reloc)
8924 {
8925 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
8926 {
8927 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8928 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
8929 unresolved_reloc = false;
8930 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
8931 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8932 }
8933 }
8934 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8935 info->callbacks->einfo
8936 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8937 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8938 howto->name);
8939 break;
8940 }
8941
8942 /* Do any further special processing. */
8943 switch (r_type)
8944 {
8945 default:
8946 break;
8947
8948 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8949 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8950 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
8951 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8952 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8953 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
8954 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8955 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8956 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8957 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8958 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8959 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8960 if (sec == NULL)
8961 break;
8962 /* Fall through. */
8963
8964 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8965 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
8966 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
8967 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
8968 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
8969 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
8970 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8971 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8972 addend += 0x8000;
8973 break;
8974
8975 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8976 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8977 case R_PPC_GOT16:
8978 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
8979 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8980 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8981 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8982 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
8983 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
8984 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
8985 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8986 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
8987 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
8988 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
8989 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
8990 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
8991 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
8992 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
8993 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
8994 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
8995 {
8996 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8997 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8998 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8999 unsigned int insn, mask, lobit;
9000
9001 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
9002 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
9003 mask = 0;
9004 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn))
9005 mask = 3;
9006 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn))
9007 mask = 15;
9008 else
9009 break;
9010 relocation += addend;
9011 addend = insn & mask;
9012 lobit = mask & relocation;
9013 if (lobit != 0)
9014 {
9015 relocation ^= lobit;
9016 info->callbacks->einfo
9017 /* xgettext:c-format */
9018 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
9019 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
9020 howto->name, sym_name, mask + 1);
9021 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
9022 ret = false;
9023 }
9024 }
9025 break;
9026 }
9027
9028 #ifdef DEBUG
9029 fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
9030 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
9031 howto->name,
9032 (int) r_type,
9033 sym_name,
9034 r_symndx,
9035 (long) rel->r_offset,
9036 (long) addend);
9037 #endif
9038
9039 if (unresolved_reloc
9040 && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
9041 && h->def_dynamic)
9042 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
9043 rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
9044 {
9045 info->callbacks->einfo
9046 /* xgettext:c-format */
9047 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
9048 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
9049 howto->name,
9050 sym_name);
9051 ret = false;
9052 }
9053
9054 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
9055 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
9056 have different reloc types. */
9057 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont
9058 && howto->dst_mask == 0xffff
9059 && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
9060 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
9061 {
9062 enum complain_overflow complain = complain_overflow_signed;
9063
9064 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section) & SHF_PPC_VLE) == 0)
9065 {
9066 unsigned int insn;
9067
9068 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3));
9069 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
9070 complain = complain_overflow_bitfield;
9071 else if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
9072 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
9073 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
9074 complain = complain_overflow_unsigned;
9075 }
9076 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain)
9077 {
9078 alt_howto = *howto;
9079 alt_howto.complain_on_overflow = complain;
9080 howto = &alt_howto;
9081 }
9082 }
9083
9084 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
9085 {
9086 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
9087 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
9088 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
9089 else
9090 {
9091 unsigned int insn;
9092
9093 relocation += addend;
9094 relocation -= (rel->r_offset
9095 + input_section->output_offset
9096 + input_section->output_section->vma);
9097 relocation >>= 16;
9098 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
9099 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
9100 insn |= (relocation & 0xffc1) | ((relocation & 0x3e) << 15);
9101 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
9102 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
9103 }
9104 }
9105 else
9106 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
9107 rel->r_offset, relocation, addend);
9108
9109 report_reloc:
9110 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
9111 {
9112 if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
9113 {
9114 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9115 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9116 if (!warned
9117 && !(h != NULL
9118 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9119 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
9120 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)))
9121 info->callbacks->reloc_overflow
9122 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name,
9123 rel->r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9124 }
9125 else
9126 {
9127 info->callbacks->einfo
9128 /* xgettext:c-format */
9129 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9130 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
9131 howto->name, sym_name, (int) r);
9132 ret = false;
9133 }
9134 }
9135 copy_reloc:
9136 if (wrel != rel)
9137 *wrel = *rel;
9138 }
9139
9140 if (wrel != rel)
9141 {
9142 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
9143 size_t deleted = rel - wrel;
9144
9145 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section);
9146 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9147 if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0)
9148 {
9149 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9150 one NONE reloc.
9151 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9152 rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
9153 deleted -= 1;
9154 wrel++;
9155 }
9156 relend = wrel;
9157 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section);
9158 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9159 input_section->reloc_count -= deleted;
9160 }
9161
9162 #ifdef DEBUG
9163 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9164 #endif
9165
9166 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9167 && input_section->size != input_section->rawsize
9168 && (strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
9169 || strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0))
9170 {
9171 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9172 unsigned int insn = B + input_section->size - input_section->rawsize;
9173 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + input_section->rawsize);
9174 }
9175
9176 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
9177 && input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9178 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
9179 || (input_section->output_section->alignment_power
9180 >= htab->params->pagesize_p2)))
9181 {
9182 bfd_vma start_addr, end_addr, addr;
9183 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
9184
9185 if (relax_info->workaround_size != 0)
9186 {
9187 bfd_byte *p;
9188 unsigned int n;
9189 bfd_byte fill[4];
9190
9191 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, BA, fill);
9192 p = contents + input_section->size - relax_info->workaround_size;
9193 n = relax_info->workaround_size >> 2;
9194 while (n--)
9195 {
9196 memcpy (p, fill, 4);
9197 p += 4;
9198 }
9199 }
9200
9201 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9202 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9203 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9204 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9205 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9206
9207 start_addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
9208 + input_section->output_offset);
9209 end_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9210 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9211 for (addr = ((start_addr & -pagesize) + pagesize - 4);
9212 addr < end_addr;
9213 addr += pagesize)
9214 {
9215 bfd_vma offset = addr - start_addr;
9216 Elf_Internal_Rela *lo, *hi;
9217 bool is_data;
9218 bfd_vma patch_off, patch_addr;
9219 unsigned int insn;
9220
9221 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9222 the word alone. */
9223 is_data = false;
9224 lo = relocs;
9225 hi = relend;
9226 rel = NULL;
9227 while (lo < hi)
9228 {
9229 rel = lo + (hi - lo) / 2;
9230 if (rel->r_offset < offset)
9231 lo = rel + 1;
9232 else if (rel->r_offset > offset + 3)
9233 hi = rel;
9234 else
9235 {
9236 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
9237 {
9238 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
9239 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
9240 case R_PPC_REL32:
9241 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
9242 is_data = true;
9243 break;
9244 default:
9245 break;
9246 }
9247 break;
9248 }
9249 }
9250 if (is_data)
9251 continue;
9252
9253 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9254 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9255 avoid the icache failure.
9256
9257 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9258 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9259 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9260 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9261 unconditional branches:
9262 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9263 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9264 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9265 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9266 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9267 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9268 instruction is not executed.
9269
9270 A bctr example:
9271 .
9272 . lis 9,new_page@ha
9273 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9274 . mtctr 9
9275 . bctr
9276 . nop
9277 . nop
9278 . new_page:
9279 .
9280 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9281 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9282 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9283 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9284 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9285 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9286 place:
9287 .
9288 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9289 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9290 . mtctr 9 mtctr 9
9291 . bctr bctr
9292 . nop b somewhere_else
9293 . b somewhere_else nop
9294 . new_page: new_page:
9295 . */
9296 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset);
9297 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9298 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9299 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9300 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (19u << 26)
9301 && (insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9302 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9303 continue;
9304
9305 patch_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9306 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9307 patch_addr = (patch_addr + 15) & -16;
9308 patch_off = patch_addr - start_addr;
9309 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B + patch_off - offset, contents + offset);
9310
9311 if (rel != NULL
9312 && rel->r_offset >= offset
9313 && rel->r_offset < offset + 4)
9314 {
9315 asection *sreloc;
9316
9317 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9318 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9319 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9320 if (rel + 1 != relend)
9321 {
9322 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp = *rel;
9323
9324 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9325 memmove (rel, rel + 1, (relend - (rel + 1)) * sizeof (*rel));
9326 relend[-1] = tmp;
9327 }
9328 relend[-1].r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9329
9330 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9331 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info))
9332 {
9333 case R_PPC_REL16:
9334 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
9335 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
9336 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
9337 relend[-1].r_addend += patch_off - offset;
9338 break;
9339 default:
9340 break;
9341 }
9342
9343 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9344 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9345 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9346 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
9347 if (sreloc != NULL)
9348 {
9349 Elf32_External_Rela *slo, *shi, *srelend;
9350 bfd_vma soffset;
9351
9352 slo = (Elf32_External_Rela *) sreloc->contents;
9353 shi = srelend = slo + sreloc->reloc_count;
9354 soffset = (offset + input_section->output_section->vma
9355 + input_section->output_offset);
9356 while (slo < shi)
9357 {
9358 Elf32_External_Rela *srel = slo + (shi - slo) / 2;
9359 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, (bfd_byte *) srel,
9360 &outrel);
9361 if (outrel.r_offset < soffset)
9362 slo = srel + 1;
9363 else if (outrel.r_offset > soffset + 3)
9364 shi = srel;
9365 else
9366 {
9367 if (srel + 1 != srelend)
9368 {
9369 memmove (srel, srel + 1,
9370 (srelend - (srel + 1)) * sizeof (*srel));
9371 srel = srelend - 1;
9372 }
9373 outrel.r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9374 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
9375 (bfd_byte *) srel);
9376 break;
9377 }
9378 }
9379 }
9380 }
9381 else
9382 rel = NULL;
9383
9384 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9385 && (insn & 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9386 {
9387 bfd_vma delta = ((insn & 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9388
9389 delta += offset - patch_off;
9390 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9391 delta = 0;
9392 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9393 {
9394 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
9395
9396 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info);
9397 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN)
9398 insn |= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9399 else if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9400 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9401 else
9402 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_PPC_REL14);
9403
9404 if ((r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9405 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9406 && delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000
9407 && (bfd_signed_vma) delta < 0)
9408 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9409 }
9410 if (delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9411 {
9412 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9413 (insn & ~0xfffc) | (delta & 0xfffc),
9414 contents + patch_off);
9415 patch_off += 4;
9416 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9417 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9418 contents + patch_off);
9419 patch_off += 4;
9420 }
9421 else
9422 {
9423 if (rel != NULL)
9424 {
9425 unsigned int r_sym = ELF32_R_SYM (relend[-1].r_info);
9426
9427 relend[-1].r_offset += 8;
9428 relend[-1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym, R_PPC_REL24);
9429 }
9430 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9431 (insn & ~0xfffc) | 8,
9432 contents + patch_off);
9433 patch_off += 4;
9434 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9435 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9436 contents + patch_off);
9437 patch_off += 4;
9438 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9439 B | ((delta - 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9440 contents + patch_off);
9441 patch_off += 4;
9442 }
9443 }
9444 else
9445 {
9446 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + patch_off);
9447 patch_off += 4;
9448 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9449 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9450 contents + patch_off);
9451 patch_off += 4;
9452 }
9453 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off <= input_section->size);
9454 relax_info->workaround_size = input_section->size - patch_off;
9455 }
9456 }
9457
9458 return ret;
9459 }
9460 \f
9461 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9462
9463 static bool
9464 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
9465 {
9466 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
9467 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9468 struct plt_entry *ent;
9469 bool doneone;
9470
9471 doneone = false;
9472 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9473 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9474 {
9475 bool dyn = !use_local_plt (info, h);
9476
9477 if (!doneone)
9478 {
9479 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9480 bfd_byte *loc;
9481 bfd_vma reloc_index;
9482 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9483 asection *relplt = htab->elf.srelplt;
9484
9485 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
9486 reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4;
9487 else
9488 {
9489 reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
9490 / htab->plt_slot_size);
9491 if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9492 && htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
9493 reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2;
9494 }
9495
9496 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9497 Set it up. */
9498 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS && dyn)
9499 {
9500 bfd_vma got_offset;
9501 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9502
9503 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9504 got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4;
9505
9506 /* Use the right PLT. */
9507 plt_entry = bfd_link_pic (info) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9508 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry;
9509
9510 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9511 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9512 {
9513 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9514 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset),
9515 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9516 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9517 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset),
9518 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9519 }
9520 else
9521 {
9522 bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9523
9524 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9525 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc),
9526 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9527 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9528 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc),
9529 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9530 }
9531
9532 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[2],
9533 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8);
9534 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[3],
9535 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12);
9536
9537 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9538 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9539 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9540 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9541 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9542 prescaled offset. */
9543 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9544 plt_entry[4] | reloc_index,
9545 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16);
9546 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9547 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9548 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9549 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9550 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9551 offset. */
9552 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9553 (plt_entry[5]
9554 | (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9555 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20);
9556 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[6],
9557 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24);
9558 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[7],
9559 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28);
9560
9561 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9562 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9563 in this PLT entry. */
9564 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma
9565 + plt->output_offset
9566 + ent->plt.offset + 16),
9567 htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
9568
9569 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9570 {
9571 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9572 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents
9573 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index
9574 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS)
9575 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9576
9577 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9578 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9579 + plt->output_offset
9580 + ent->plt.offset + 2);
9581 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9582 R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
9583 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9584 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9585 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9586
9587 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9588 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9589 + plt->output_offset
9590 + ent->plt.offset + 6);
9591 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9592 R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
9593 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9594 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9595 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9596
9597 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9598 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9599 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9600 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9601 + got_offset);
9602 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx,
9603 R_PPC_ADDR32);
9604 rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16;
9605 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9606 }
9607
9608 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9609 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9610 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9611 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9612 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9613 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9614 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9615 + got_offset);
9616 rela.r_addend = 0;
9617 }
9618 else
9619 {
9620 rela.r_addend = 0;
9621 if (!dyn)
9622 {
9623 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9624 {
9625 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9626 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9627 }
9628 else
9629 {
9630 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9631 relplt = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL;
9632 }
9633 if (h->def_regular
9634 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9635 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
9636 rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h);
9637 }
9638
9639 if (relplt == NULL)
9640 {
9641 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9642 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, rela.r_addend, loc);
9643 }
9644 else
9645 {
9646 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9647 + plt->output_offset
9648 + ent->plt.offset);
9649
9650 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD || !dyn)
9651 {
9652 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9653 linker will fill it in. */
9654 }
9655 else
9656 {
9657 bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset
9658 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
9659 + htab->glink->output_offset);
9660 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val,
9661 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset);
9662 }
9663 }
9664 }
9665
9666 if (relplt != NULL)
9667 {
9668 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9669 if (!dyn)
9670 {
9671 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9672 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9673 else
9674 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9675 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
9676 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9677 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9678 }
9679 else
9680 {
9681 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT);
9682 loc = relplt->contents + (reloc_index
9683 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9684 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && is_static_defined (h))
9685 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9686 }
9687 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9688 }
9689 doneone = true;
9690 }
9691
9692 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
9693 {
9694 unsigned char *p;
9695 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9696
9697 if (!dyn)
9698 {
9699 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9700 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9701 else
9702 break;
9703 }
9704
9705 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9706 write_glink_stub (h, ent, plt, p, info);
9707
9708 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9709 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9710 break;
9711 }
9712 else
9713 break;
9714 }
9715 return true;
9716 }
9717
9718 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9719
9720 bool
9721 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info *info)
9722 {
9723 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9724 bfd *ibfd;
9725
9726 if (!htab)
9727 return true;
9728
9729 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, write_global_sym_plt, info);
9730
9731 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9732 {
9733 bfd_vma *local_got, *end_local_got;
9734 struct plt_entry **local_plt, **lplt, **end_local_plt;
9735 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
9736 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
9737 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL;
9738 struct plt_entry *ent;
9739
9740 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
9741 continue;
9742
9743 local_got = elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd);
9744 if (!local_got)
9745 continue;
9746
9747 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
9748 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
9749 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
9750 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
9751 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
9752 for (lplt = local_plt; lplt < end_local_plt; ++lplt)
9753 for (ent = *lplt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9754 {
9755 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9756 {
9757 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9758 asection *sym_sec;
9759 asection *plt, *relplt;
9760 bfd_byte *loc;
9761 bfd_vma val;
9762 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9763 unsigned char *p;
9764
9765 if (!get_sym_h (NULL, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms,
9766 lplt - local_plt, ibfd))
9767 {
9768 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9769 free (local_syms);
9770 return false;
9771 }
9772
9773 val = sym->st_value;
9774 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
9775 val += sym_sec->output_offset + sym_sec->output_section->vma;
9776
9777 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9778 {
9779 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9780 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9781 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9782 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9783 }
9784 else
9785 {
9786 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9787 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9788 {
9789 relplt = htab->relpltlocal;
9790 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9791 }
9792 else
9793 {
9794 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9795 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, loc);
9796 continue;
9797 }
9798 }
9799
9800 rela.r_offset = (ent->plt.offset
9801 + plt->output_offset
9802 + plt->output_section->vma);
9803 rela.r_addend = val;
9804 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
9805 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9806 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9807
9808 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9809 write_glink_stub (NULL, ent, htab->elf.iplt, p, info);
9810 }
9811 }
9812
9813 if (local_syms != NULL
9814 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9815 {
9816 if (!info->keep_memory)
9817 free (local_syms);
9818 else
9819 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
9820 }
9821 }
9822 return true;
9823 }
9824
9825 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9826 dynamic sections here. */
9827
9828 static bool
9829 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
9830 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9831 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9832 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9833 {
9834 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9835 struct plt_entry *ent;
9836
9837 #ifdef DEBUG
9838 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9839 h->root.root.string);
9840 #endif
9841
9842 if (!h->def_regular
9843 || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && !bfd_link_pic (info)))
9844 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9845 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9846 {
9847 if (!h->def_regular)
9848 {
9849 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9850 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9851 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9852 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9853 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9854 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9855 to zero. */
9856 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9857 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
9858 sym->st_value = 0;
9859 else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
9860 {
9861 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9862 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9863 function pointer. */
9864 sym->st_value = 0;
9865 }
9866 }
9867 else
9868 {
9869 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9870 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9871 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9872 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9873 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9874 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9875 relocation. */
9876 sym->st_shndx
9877 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9878 (info->output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section));
9879 sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset
9880 + htab->glink->output_offset
9881 + htab->glink->output_section->vma);
9882 }
9883 break;
9884 }
9885
9886 if (h->needs_copy)
9887 {
9888 asection *s;
9889 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9890 bfd_byte *loc;
9891
9892 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9893
9894 #ifdef DEBUG
9895 fprintf (stderr, ", copy");
9896 #endif
9897
9898 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9899
9900 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
9901 s = htab->relsbss;
9902 else if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro)
9903 s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
9904 else
9905 s = htab->elf.srelbss;
9906 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9907
9908 rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h);
9909 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY);
9910 rela.r_addend = 0;
9911 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9912 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9913 }
9914
9915 #ifdef DEBUG
9916 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9917 #endif
9918
9919 return true;
9920 }
9921 \f
9922 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9923 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info,
9924 const asection *rel_sec,
9925 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
9926 {
9927 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9928
9929 if (rel_sec == htab->elf.irelplt)
9930 return reloc_class_ifunc;
9931
9932 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
9933 {
9934 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
9935 return reloc_class_relative;
9936 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
9937 return reloc_class_plt;
9938 case R_PPC_COPY:
9939 return reloc_class_copy;
9940 default:
9941 return reloc_class_normal;
9942 }
9943 }
9944 \f
9945 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9946
9947 static bool
9948 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9949 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9950 {
9951 asection *sdyn;
9952 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9953 bfd_vma got;
9954 bfd *dynobj;
9955 bool ret = true;
9956
9957 #ifdef DEBUG
9958 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9959 #endif
9960
9961 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9962 dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
9963 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
9964
9965 got = 0;
9966 if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
9967 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9968
9969 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
9970 {
9971 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
9972
9973 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
9974
9975 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
9976 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
9977 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
9978 {
9979 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
9980 asection *s;
9981
9982 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
9983
9984 switch (dyn.d_tag)
9985 {
9986 case DT_PLTGOT:
9987 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks)
9988 s = htab->elf.sgotplt;
9989 else
9990 s = htab->elf.splt;
9991 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9992 break;
9993
9994 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
9995 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->elf.srelplt->size;
9996 break;
9997
9998 case DT_JMPREL:
9999 s = htab->elf.srelplt;
10000 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10001 break;
10002
10003 case DT_PPC_GOT:
10004 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got;
10005 break;
10006
10007 case DT_TEXTREL:
10008 if (htab->local_ifunc_resolver)
10009 info->callbacks->einfo
10010 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
10011 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
10012 else if (htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver)
10013 info->callbacks->einfo
10014 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
10015 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
10016 continue;
10017
10018 default:
10019 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
10020 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
10021 break;
10022 continue;
10023 }
10024
10025 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
10026 }
10027 }
10028
10029 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
10030 && htab->elf.sgot->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
10031 {
10032 if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgot
10033 || htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgotplt)
10034 {
10035 unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents;
10036
10037 p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
10038 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
10039 {
10040 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
10041 so that a function can easily find the address of
10042 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10043 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4
10044 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
10045 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4);
10046 }
10047
10048 if (sdyn != NULL)
10049 {
10050 bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset;
10051 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value
10052 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
10053 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p);
10054 }
10055 }
10056 else
10057 {
10058 /* xgettext:c-format */
10059 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
10060 htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string,
10061 (htab->elf.sgotplt != NULL
10062 ? htab->elf.sgotplt : htab->elf.sgot));
10063 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
10064 ret = false;
10065 }
10066
10067 elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
10068 }
10069
10070 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
10071 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
10072 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
10073 && htab->elf.splt->size != 0
10074 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
10075 {
10076 asection *splt = htab->elf.splt;
10077 /* Use the right PLT. */
10078 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = (bfd_link_pic (info)
10079 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
10080 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry);
10081
10082 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
10083 {
10084 bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
10085
10086 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value),
10087 splt->contents + 0);
10088 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value),
10089 splt->contents + 4);
10090 }
10091 else
10092 {
10093 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents + 0);
10094 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents + 4);
10095 }
10096 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents + 8);
10097 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12);
10098 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16);
10099 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20);
10100 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24);
10101 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28);
10102
10103 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
10104 {
10105 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
10106 bfd_byte *loc;
10107
10108 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
10109
10110 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10111 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10112 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10113 + 2);
10114 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10115 rela.r_addend = 0;
10116 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10117 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10118
10119 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10120 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10121 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10122 + 6);
10123 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10124 rela.r_addend = 0;
10125 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10126 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10127
10128 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10129 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10130 in which symbols were output. */
10131 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
10132 {
10133 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10134
10135 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10136 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10137 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10138 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10139
10140 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10141 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10142 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10143 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10144
10145 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10146 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32);
10147 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10148 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10149 }
10150 }
10151 }
10152
10153 if (htab->glink != NULL
10154 && htab->glink->contents != NULL
10155 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
10156 {
10157 unsigned char *p;
10158 unsigned char *endp;
10159 bfd_vma res0;
10160
10161 /*
10162 * PIC glink code is the following:
10163 *
10164 * # ith PLT code stub.
10165 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10166 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10167 * mtctr 11
10168 * bctr
10169 *
10170 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10171 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10172 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10173 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10174 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10175 * .
10176 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10177 * res_n_m3: nop
10178 * res_n_m2: nop
10179 * res_n_m1:
10180 *
10181 * PLTresolve:
10182 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10183 * mflr 0
10184 * bcl 20,31,1f
10185 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10186 * mflr 12
10187 * mtlr 0
10188 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10189 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10190 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10191 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10192 * mtctr 0
10193 * add 0,11,11
10194 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10195 * bctr
10196 *
10197 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10198 *
10199 * # ith PLT code stub.
10200 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10201 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10202 * mtctr 11
10203 * bctr
10204 *
10205 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10206 *
10207 * PLTresolve:
10208 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10209 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10210 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10211 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10212 * mtctr 0
10213 * add 0,11,11
10214 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10215 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10216 * bctr
10217 */
10218
10219 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10220 and perhaps some padding. */
10221 p = htab->glink->contents;
10222 p += htab->glink_pltresolve;
10223 endp = htab->glink->contents;
10224 endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10225 while (p < endp - (htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 0 : 8 * 4))
10226 {
10227 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p);
10228 p += 4;
10229 }
10230 while (p < endp)
10231 {
10232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
10233 p += 4;
10234 }
10235
10236 res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve
10237 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10238 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10239
10240 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround)
10241 {
10242 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10243 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10244 glink branch table. */
10245 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
10246 bfd_vma page_addr;
10247 bfd_vma glink_start = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10248 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10249
10250 for (page_addr = res0 & -pagesize;
10251 page_addr > glink_start;
10252 page_addr -= pagesize)
10253 {
10254 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10255 bfd_byte *loc;
10256 unsigned int insn;
10257
10258 loc = htab->glink->contents + page_addr - 4 - glink_start;
10259 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
10260 if (insn == BCTR)
10261 {
10262 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10263 one other call stub before this one. */
10264 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc - 16);
10265 if (insn == BCTR)
10266 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10267 else
10268 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10269 }
10270 }
10271 }
10272
10273 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10274 endp = p + GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10275 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
10276 {
10277 bfd_vma bcl;
10278
10279 bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4
10280 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10281 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10282
10283 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p);
10284 p += 4;
10285 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_0, p);
10286 p += 4;
10287 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCL_20_31, p);
10288 p += 4;
10289 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p);
10290 p += 4;
10291 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_12, p);
10292 p += 4;
10293 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTLR_0, p);
10294 p += 4;
10295 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SUB_11_11_12, p);
10296 p += 4;
10297 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10298 p += 4;
10299 if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl))
10300 {
10301 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10302 p += 4;
10303 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p);
10304 p += 4;
10305 }
10306 else
10307 {
10308 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10309 p += 4;
10310 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10311 p += 4;
10312 }
10313 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10314 p += 4;
10315 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10316 }
10317 else
10318 {
10319 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p);
10320 p += 4;
10321 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p);
10322 p += 4;
10323 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10324 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10325 else
10326 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10327 p += 4;
10328 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p);
10329 p += 4;
10330 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10331 p += 4;
10332 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10333 p += 4;
10334 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10335 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p);
10336 else
10337 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10338 }
10339 p += 4;
10340 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_11_0_11, p);
10341 p += 4;
10342 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
10343 p += 4;
10344 while (p < endp)
10345 {
10346 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
10347 htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
10348 p += 4;
10349 }
10350 BFD_ASSERT (p == endp);
10351 }
10352
10353 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
10354 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
10355 {
10356 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10357 bfd_vma val;
10358
10359 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
10360 /* FDE length. */
10361 p += 4;
10362 /* CIE pointer. */
10363 p += 4;
10364 /* Offset to .glink. */
10365 val = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10366 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10367 val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma
10368 + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset);
10369 val -= p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10370 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
10371
10372 if (htab->glink_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10373 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info,
10374 htab->glink_eh_frame,
10375 htab->glink_eh_frame->contents))
10376 return false;
10377 }
10378
10379 return ret;
10380 }
10381 \f
10382 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10383 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10384 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10385 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10386 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10387 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10388 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10389 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10390 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10391 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10392
10393 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10394 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10395 #endif
10396
10397 #ifdef EM_PPC_OLD
10398 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10399 #endif
10400
10401 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10402 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10403 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10404 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10405 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10406 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10407
10408 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10409 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10410 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10411 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10412 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10413 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10414 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10415 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10416
10417 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10418 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10419 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10420 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10421 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10422 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10423 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10424 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10425 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10426 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10427 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10428 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10429 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10430 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10431 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10432 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10433 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10434 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10435 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10436 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10437 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10438 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10439 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10440 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10441 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10442 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10443 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10444 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10445 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10446
10447 #include "elf32-target.h"
10448
10449 /* FreeBSD Target */
10450
10451 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10452 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10453
10454 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10455 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10456 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10457 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10458
10459 #undef ELF_OSABI
10460 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10461
10462 #undef elf32_bed
10463 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10464
10465 #include "elf32-target.h"
10466
10467 /* VxWorks Target */
10468
10469 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10470 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10471
10472 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10473 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10474 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10475 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10476
10477 #undef ELF_OSABI
10478
10479 #undef ELF_TARGET_OS
10480 #define ELF_TARGET_OS is_vxworks
10481
10482 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10483 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
10484 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
10485 {
10486 if (sec->name == NULL)
10487 return NULL;
10488
10489 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0)
10490 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10491
10492 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10493 }
10494
10495 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10496 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10497 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
10498 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
10499 {
10500 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
10501
10502 ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
10503 if (ret)
10504 {
10505 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab
10506 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret;
10507 htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS;
10508 htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10509 htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10510 htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE;
10511 }
10512 return ret;
10513 }
10514
10515 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10516 static bool
10517 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
10518 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10519 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
10520 const char **namep,
10521 flagword *flagsp,
10522 asection **secp,
10523 bfd_vma *valp)
10524 {
10525 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp,
10526 valp))
10527 return false;
10528
10529 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp);
10530 }
10531
10532 static bool
10533 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
10534 {
10535 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
10536 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd);
10537 }
10538
10539 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10540 define it. */
10541 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10542 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10543 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10544 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10545 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10546 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10547 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10548 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10549 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10550 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10551 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10552 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10553 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10554 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10555
10556 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10557
10558 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10559 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10560 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10561 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10562 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10563 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10564 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10565 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10566 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10567 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10568 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10569 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10570 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10571 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10572 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10573 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10574 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10575 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10576
10577 #undef elf32_bed
10578 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10579
10580 #include "elf32-target.h"
A mirror of the official binutils-gdb repository